(append_space): Return non-zero if space was appended.
[bpt/emacs.git] / src / xdisp.c
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
23
24 Redisplay.
25
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
30
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
37 operations, below.).
38
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
48
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
62 |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
64 |
65 X expose events -----+
66
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
71
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
81
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
87
88
89 Direct operations.
90
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
95
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
102
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
108
109
110 Desired matrices.
111
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
118
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
125
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
132
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
138 see in dispextern.h.
139
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
147
148
149 Frame matrices.
150
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
157
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
169
170 #include <config.h>
171 #include <stdio.h>
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "frame.h"
174 #include "window.h"
175 #include "termchar.h"
176 #include "dispextern.h"
177 #include "buffer.h"
178 #include "charset.h"
179 #include "indent.h"
180 #include "commands.h"
181 #include "macros.h"
182 #include "disptab.h"
183 #include "termhooks.h"
184 #include "intervals.h"
185 #include "keyboard.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189
190 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
191 #include "xterm.h"
192 #endif
193
194 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
195 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
196
197 #define INFINITY 10000000
198
199 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
200 extern void set_frame_menubar ();
201 extern int pending_menu_activation;
202 #endif
203
204 extern int interrupt_input;
205 extern int command_loop_level;
206
207 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
208
209 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
210
211 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
212 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
213 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
214
215 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
216 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
217 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
218 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
219 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile;
220 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
221
222 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
223
224 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
225 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
226
227 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
228 over them. */
229
230 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
231
232 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
233
234 int tool_bar_button_margin;
235
236 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
237
238 int tool_bar_button_relief;
239
240 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
241 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
242
243 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
244
245 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
246
247 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
248
249 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
250
251 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qwidth, Qalign_to;
252 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qimage;
253
254 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
255
256 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
257 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qheight, Qraise;
258 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
259
260 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
261
262 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
263
264 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
265
266 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
267
268 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
269 images in Lisp. */
270
271 Lisp_Object Qimage;
272
273 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
274 message. */
275
276 int noninteractive_need_newline;
277
278 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
279
280 static int message_log_need_newline;
281
282 \f
283 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
284 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
285 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
286 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
287
288 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
289
290 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
291 terminating newline. */
292
293 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
294
295 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
296
297 static int this_line_vpos;
298 static int this_line_y;
299 static int this_line_pixel_height;
300
301 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
302 negative if first character is partially visible. */
303
304 static int this_line_start_x;
305
306 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
307
308 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
309
310 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
311 frame. */
312
313 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
314
315 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
316
317 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
318
319 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
320 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
321 frame-title-format. */
322
323 int multiple_frames;
324
325 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
326
327 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
328
329 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
330
331 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
332
333 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
334
335 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
336 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
337 numerical position. */
338
339 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
340
341 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
342
343 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
344
345 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
346
347 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
348
349 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
350 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
351 have changed. */
352
353 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
354
355 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook;
356
357 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
358
359 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
360
361 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
362
363 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
364
365 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
366 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
367
368 static int scroll_step;
369
370 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
371 screen, when appropriate. */
372
373 static int scroll_conservatively;
374
375 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
376 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
377 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
378 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
379
380 int scroll_margin;
381
382 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
383 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
384 this. */
385
386 int buffer_shared;
387
388 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
389
390 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
391
392 /* Nonzero means display mode line highlighted. */
393
394 int mode_line_inverse_video;
395
396 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
397
398 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
399
400 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
401 of the line that contains the prompt. */
402
403 int minibuf_prompt_width;
404 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width;
405
406 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
407 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
408 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
409
410 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
411
412 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
413 pushes the current message and the value of
414 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
415 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
416
417 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
418
419 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
420 message was specified. */
421
422 int message_enable_multibyte;
423
424 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
425
426 int update_mode_lines;
427
428 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
429 redisplay that finished */
430
431 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
432
433 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
434 line number. */
435
436 int line_number_displayed;
437
438 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
439
440 static int line_number_display_limit;
441
442 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
443
444 static int line_number_display_limit_width;
445
446 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
447 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
448
449 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
450
451 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
452 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
453
454 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
455
456 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
457
458 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
459
460 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
461
462 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
463
464 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
465 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
466
467 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
468
469 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
470 message. */
471
472 int message_buf_print;
473
474 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
475 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
476 specifying a number of lines. */
477
478 static Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
479
480 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
481 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
482
483 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
484 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
485 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
486
487 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
488
489 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
490
491 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
492 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
493 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
494 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
495 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
496
497 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
498
499 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
500 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
501
502 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
503 int trace_redisplay_p;
504 #endif
505
506 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
507
508 enum prop_handled
509 {
510 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
511 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
512 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
513 HANDLED_RETURN
514 };
515
516 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
517 in. */
518
519 struct props
520 {
521 /* The name of the property. */
522 Lisp_Object *name;
523
524 /* A unique index for the property. */
525 enum prop_idx idx;
526
527 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
528 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
529 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
530 };
531
532 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
533 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
534 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
535 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
536 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
537
538 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
539
540 static struct props it_props[] =
541 {
542 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
543 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
544 `display' need to know the face. */
545 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
546 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
547 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
548 {NULL, 0, NULL}
549 };
550
551 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
552 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
553
554 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
555
556 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
557
558 enum move_it_result
559 {
560 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
561 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
562
563 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
564 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
565
566 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
567 MOVE_X_REACHED,
568
569 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
570 continued. */
571 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
572
573 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
574 be displayed truncated. */
575 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
576
577 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
578 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
579 };
580
581
582 \f
583 /* Function prototypes. */
584
585 static struct glyph_row *row_containing_pos P_ ((struct window *, int,
586 struct glyph_row *,
587 struct glyph_row *));
588 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
589 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
590 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
591 static int current_message_1 P_ ((Lisp_Object *));
592 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((int));
593 static int set_message_1 P_ ((char *s, Lisp_Object, int, int));
594 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
595 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((struct window *));
596 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
597 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
598 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
599 struct text_pos));
600 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
601 static Lisp_Object eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
602 static Lisp_Object eval_form P_ ((Lisp_Object));
603 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
604 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
605 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
606 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
607 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
608 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
609 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
610 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
611 int invisible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
612 int invisible_ellipsis_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
613 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
614 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
615 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
616 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
617 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
618 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
619 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
620 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
621 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
622 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
623 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
624 static void display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
625 static void display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id,
626 Lisp_Object));
627 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
628 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int));
629 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
630 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
631 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
632 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
633 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
634 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
635 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
636 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
637 void set_iterator_to_next P_ ((struct it *));
638 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
639 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
640 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
641 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
642 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
643 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
644 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
645 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
646 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
647 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
648 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
649 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
650 static void init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
651 struct display_pos *));
652 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
653 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
654 static int charset_at_position P_ ((struct text_pos));
655 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
656 int, int, int));
657 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
658 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
659 struct glyph_row *));
660 static void init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
661 struct glyph_row *));
662 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
663 static void forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
664 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
665 Lisp_Object, int));
666 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
667 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
668 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
669 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
670 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
671 Lisp_Object));
672 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
673 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
674 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
675 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *));
676
677 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
678 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
679
680 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
681
682 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
683 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
684 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
685 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
686
687 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
688
689 \f
690 /***********************************************************************
691 Window display dimensions
692 ***********************************************************************/
693
694 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
695 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
696 mode line, if any. */
697
698 INLINE int
699 window_text_bottom_y (w)
700 struct window *w;
701 {
702 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
703 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
704
705 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
706 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
707 return height;
708 }
709
710
711 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
712 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
713 the left and right of the window. */
714
715 INLINE int
716 window_box_width (w, area)
717 struct window *w;
718 int area;
719 {
720 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
721 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
722
723 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
724 {
725 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f);
726
727 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
728 {
729 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
730 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
731 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
732 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
733 }
734 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
735 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
736 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
737 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
738 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
739 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
740 }
741
742 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
743 }
744
745
746 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
747 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
748
749 INLINE int
750 window_box_height (w)
751 struct window *w;
752 {
753 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
754 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
755
756 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
757 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
758
759 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
760 height -= CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
761
762 return height;
763 }
764
765
766 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
767 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
768 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
769 W. */
770
771 INLINE int
772 window_box_left (w, area)
773 struct window *w;
774 int area;
775 {
776 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
777 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
778
779 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
780 {
781 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
782 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
783
784 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
785 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
786 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
787 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
788 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
789 }
790
791 return x;
792 }
793
794
795 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
796 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
797 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
798 W. */
799
800 INLINE int
801 window_box_right (w, area)
802 struct window *w;
803 int area;
804 {
805 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
806 }
807
808
809 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
810 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
811 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
812 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
813 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
814 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
815
816 INLINE void
817 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
818 struct window *w;
819 int area;
820 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
821 {
822 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
823
824 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
825 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
826 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
827 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
828 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
829 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
830 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
831 }
832
833
834 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
835 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
836 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
837 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
838 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
839 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
840 box. */
841
842 INLINE void
843 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
844 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
845 struct window *w;
846 int area;
847 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
848 {
849 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
850 bottom_right_y);
851 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
852 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
853 }
854
855
856 \f
857 /***********************************************************************
858 Utilities
859 ***********************************************************************/
860
861 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
862 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
863 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
864 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the illegal
865 character. */
866
867 static INLINE int
868 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
869 unsigned char *str;
870 int maxlen, *len;
871 {
872 int c;
873
874 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
875 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
876 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
877 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept illegal
878 characters. */
879 c = '?';
880
881 return c;
882 }
883
884
885
886 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
887 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
888
889 static struct text_pos
890 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
891 struct text_pos pos;
892 Lisp_Object string;
893 int nchars;
894 {
895 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
896
897 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
898 {
899 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
900 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
901 int len;
902
903 while (nchars--)
904 {
905 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
906 p += len, rest -= len;
907 xassert (rest >= 0);
908 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
909 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
910 }
911 }
912 else
913 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
914
915 return pos;
916 }
917
918
919 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
920 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
921
922 static INLINE struct text_pos
923 string_pos (charpos, string)
924 int charpos;
925 Lisp_Object string;
926 {
927 struct text_pos pos;
928 xassert (STRINGP (string));
929 xassert (charpos >= 0);
930 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
931 return pos;
932 }
933
934
935 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
936 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
937 means recognize multibyte characters. */
938
939 static struct text_pos
940 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
941 int charpos;
942 unsigned char *s;
943 int multibyte_p;
944 {
945 struct text_pos pos;
946
947 xassert (s != NULL);
948 xassert (charpos >= 0);
949
950 if (multibyte_p)
951 {
952 int rest = strlen (s), len;
953
954 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
955 while (charpos--)
956 {
957 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
958 s += len, rest -= len;
959 xassert (rest >= 0);
960 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
961 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
962 }
963 }
964 else
965 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
966
967 return pos;
968 }
969
970
971 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
972 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
973
974 static int
975 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
976 unsigned char *s;
977 int multibyte_p;
978 {
979 int nchars;
980
981 if (multibyte_p)
982 {
983 int rest = strlen (s), len;
984 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
985
986 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
987 {
988 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
989 rest -= len, p += len;
990 }
991 }
992 else
993 nchars = strlen (s);
994
995 return nchars;
996 }
997
998
999 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1000 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1001 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1002
1003 static void
1004 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1005 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1006 Lisp_Object string;
1007 {
1008 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1009 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1010
1011 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1012 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos),
1013 string);
1014 else
1015 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1016 }
1017
1018
1019 /* Return the charset of the character at position POS in
1020 current_buffer. */
1021
1022 static int
1023 charset_at_position (pos)
1024 struct text_pos pos;
1025 {
1026 int c, multibyte_p;
1027 unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (BYTEPOS (pos));
1028
1029 multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1030 if (multibyte_p)
1031 {
1032 int maxlen = ((BYTEPOS (pos) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
1033 - BYTEPOS (pos));
1034 int len;
1035 c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &len);
1036 }
1037 else
1038 c = *p;
1039
1040 return CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1041 }
1042
1043
1044 \f
1045 /***********************************************************************
1046 Lisp form evaluation
1047 ***********************************************************************/
1048
1049 /* Error handler for eval_form. */
1050
1051 static Lisp_Object
1052 eval_handler (arg)
1053 Lisp_Object arg;
1054 {
1055 return Qnil;
1056 }
1057
1058
1059 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1060 wrong. */
1061
1062 static Lisp_Object
1063 eval_form (sexpr)
1064 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1065 {
1066 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
1067 Lisp_Object val;
1068 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1069 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qerror, eval_handler);
1070 return unbind_to (count, val);
1071 }
1072
1073
1074 \f
1075 /***********************************************************************
1076 Debugging
1077 ***********************************************************************/
1078
1079 #if 0
1080
1081 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1082 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1083
1084 static void
1085 check_it (it)
1086 struct it *it;
1087 {
1088 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1089 {
1090 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1091 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1092 }
1093 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1094 {
1095 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1096 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1097 }
1098
1099 if (it->dpvec)
1100 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1101 else
1102 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1103 }
1104
1105 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1106
1107 #else /* not 0 */
1108
1109 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1110
1111 #endif /* not 0 */
1112
1113
1114 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1115
1116 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1117 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1118
1119 static void
1120 check_window_end (w)
1121 struct window *w;
1122 {
1123 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1124 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1125 {
1126 struct glyph_row *row;
1127 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1128 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1129 !row->enabled_p
1130 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1131 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1132 }
1133 }
1134
1135 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1136
1137 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1138
1139 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1140
1141 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1142
1143
1144 \f
1145 /***********************************************************************
1146 Iterator initialization
1147 ***********************************************************************/
1148
1149 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1150 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1151 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1152 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1153 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1154
1155 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1156 will produce glyphs in that row.
1157
1158 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1159 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1160 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1161 displaying the tool-bar.
1162
1163 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1164 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1165 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1166
1167 void
1168 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1169 struct it *it;
1170 struct window *w;
1171 int charpos, bytepos;
1172 struct glyph_row *row;
1173 enum face_id base_face_id;
1174 {
1175 int highlight_region_p;
1176
1177 /* Some precondition checks. */
1178 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1179 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos > 0 && charpos <= ZV));
1180
1181 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1182 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1183 that might have changed. */
1184 if (face_change_count)
1185 {
1186 face_change_count = 0;
1187 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1188 }
1189
1190 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1191 appropriate. */
1192 if (row == NULL)
1193 {
1194 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID)
1195 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1196 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1197 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1198 }
1199
1200 /* Clear IT. */
1201 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1202 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1203 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1204 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
1205 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1206
1207 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1208 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1209 it->w = w;
1210 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1211
1212 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1213 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. */
1214 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1215 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1216
1217 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1218 it->space_width = Qnil;
1219 it->font_height = Qnil;
1220
1221 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1222 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1223
1224 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1225 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1226 invisible. */
1227 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1228 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1229 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1230 ? -1 : 0));
1231 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1232 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1233
1234 /* Display table to use. */
1235 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1236
1237 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1238 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1239
1240 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1241 highlight_region_p
1242 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1243 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1244 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1245
1246 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1247 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1248 -1 to indicate no region. */
1249 if (highlight_region_p
1250 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1251 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1252 highlight_nonselected_windows
1253 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1254 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1255 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1256 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1257 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1258 && w == XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window))))
1259 {
1260 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1261 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1262 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1263 }
1264 else
1265 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1266
1267 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1268 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1269 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1270 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1271 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1272 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1273 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1274 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1275
1276 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1277 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1278 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1279 it->tab_width = 8;
1280
1281 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1282 it->truncate_lines_p
1283 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1284 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1285 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1286 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1287 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1288
1289 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1290 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1291 frames. */
1292 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1293 {
1294 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1295 {
1296 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1297 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1298 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1299 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1300 }
1301 else
1302 {
1303 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1304 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1305 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1306 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1307 }
1308
1309 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1310 above has changed them. */
1311 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1312 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1313 }
1314
1315 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1316 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1317 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1318 it->glyph_row = row;
1319 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1320
1321 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1322 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1323 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1324 start of this total display area. */
1325 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1326 {
1327 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1328 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1329 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1330 }
1331 else
1332 {
1333 it->first_visible_x
1334 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1335 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1336 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1337
1338 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1339 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1340 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1341 for window-based redisplay. */
1342 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1343 {
1344 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1345 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1346 else
1347 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1348 }
1349
1350 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1351 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1352 }
1353
1354 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1355 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1356 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1357 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1358
1359 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1360
1361 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1362 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1363 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1364 {
1365 struct face *face;
1366
1367 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1368
1369 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1370 with a left box line. */
1371 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1372 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1373 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1374 }
1375
1376 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1377 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1378 if (charpos > 0)
1379 {
1380 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1381 it->face_id = -1;
1382 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1383
1384 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1385 if (bytepos <= 0)
1386 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1387 else
1388 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1389
1390 /* Compute faces etc. */
1391 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1392 }
1393
1394 CHECK_IT (it);
1395 }
1396
1397
1398 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1399
1400 void
1401 start_display (it, w, pos)
1402 struct it *it;
1403 struct window *w;
1404 struct text_pos pos;
1405 {
1406 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1407 struct glyph_row *row;
1408 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1409 int first_y;
1410
1411 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1412 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1413 first_y = it->current_y;
1414
1415 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1416 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1417 account. */
1418 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1419 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1420 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1421 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1422
1423 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1424 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1425 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1426 {
1427 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1428
1429 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1430 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1431 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1432 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1433 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1434 if (!it->truncate_lines_p && it->current_x > 0)
1435 {
1436 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1437 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1438 {
1439 set_iterator_to_next (it);
1440 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1441 }
1442 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1443 }
1444
1445 it->current_y = first_y;
1446 it->vpos = 0;
1447 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1448 }
1449
1450 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1451 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1452 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1453
1454 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1455 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1456 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1457 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1458 #endif /* 0 */
1459 }
1460
1461
1462 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1463 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1464 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1465
1466 static void
1467 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1468 struct it *it;
1469 struct window *w;
1470 struct display_pos *pos;
1471 {
1472 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1473 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1474 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1475 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1476 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1477 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1478 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1479 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1480 after-string. */
1481 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos->pos), BYTEPOS (pos->pos),
1482 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1483
1484 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1485 the right overlay string. */
1486 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1487 {
1488 int relative_index;
1489
1490 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1491 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1492 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1493 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1494 {
1495 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1496 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1497 while (n--)
1498 {
1499 load_overlay_strings (it);
1500 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1501 }
1502 }
1503
1504 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1505 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1506 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1507 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1508 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1509 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1510 }
1511 else if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1512 {
1513 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1514 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1515 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1516 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1517 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1518 }
1519
1520 /* Restore position in display vector translations or control
1521 character translations. */
1522 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1523 {
1524 /* This fills IT->dpvec. */
1525 get_next_display_element (it);
1526 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1527 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1528 }
1529
1530 CHECK_IT (it);
1531 }
1532
1533
1534 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1535 starting at ROW->start. */
1536
1537 static void
1538 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1539 struct it *it;
1540 struct window *w;
1541 struct glyph_row *row;
1542 {
1543 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1544 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1545 CHECK_IT (it);
1546 }
1547
1548
1549 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1550 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1551
1552 static void
1553 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1554 struct it *it;
1555 struct window *w;
1556 struct glyph_row *row;
1557 {
1558 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end);
1559
1560 if (row->continued_p)
1561 it->continuation_lines_width = (row->continuation_lines_width
1562 + row->pixel_width);
1563 CHECK_IT (it);
1564 }
1565
1566
1567
1568 \f
1569 /***********************************************************************
1570 Text properties
1571 ***********************************************************************/
1572
1573 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1574 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1575 to stop. */
1576
1577 static void
1578 handle_stop (it)
1579 struct it *it;
1580 {
1581 enum prop_handled handled;
1582 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
1583 struct props *p;
1584
1585 it->dpvec = NULL;
1586 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1587
1588 do
1589 {
1590 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1591
1592 /* Call text property handlers. */
1593 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1594 {
1595 handled = p->handler (it);
1596
1597 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1598 break;
1599 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
1600 return;
1601 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
1602 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1603 }
1604
1605 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1606 {
1607 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1608 characters from a display vector. */
1609 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
1610 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1611
1612 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1613 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
1614 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
1615
1616 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1617 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
1618 compute_stop_pos (it);
1619 }
1620 }
1621 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
1622 }
1623
1624
1625 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1626 information for IT's current position. */
1627
1628 static void
1629 compute_stop_pos (it)
1630 struct it *it;
1631 {
1632 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
1633 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
1634
1635 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
1636 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
1637
1638 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1639 {
1640 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
1641 properties. */
1642 object = it->string;
1643 limit = Qnil;
1644 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
1645 }
1646 else
1647 {
1648 int charpos;
1649
1650 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
1651 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
1652 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
1653 follows. */
1654 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1655 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
1656 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
1657
1658 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
1659 start or end because the face might change there. */
1660 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
1661 {
1662 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
1663 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
1664 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
1665 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
1666 }
1667
1668 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
1669 property changes. */
1670 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
1671 XSETFASTINT (limit, IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
1672 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1673
1674 }
1675
1676 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
1677 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
1678 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
1679 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
1680 {
1681 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
1682 struct props *p;
1683
1684 /* Get properties here. */
1685 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1686 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
1687
1688 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
1689 properties. */
1690 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
1691 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
1692 && (NILP (limit)
1693 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
1694 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
1695 {
1696 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1697 {
1698 Lisp_Object new_value;
1699
1700 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
1701 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
1702 break;
1703 }
1704
1705 if (p->handler)
1706 break;
1707 }
1708
1709 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
1710 {
1711 if (INTEGERP (limit)
1712 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
1713 /* No text property change up to limit. */
1714 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
1715 else
1716 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
1717 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
1718 }
1719 }
1720
1721 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
1722 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
1723 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
1724 }
1725
1726
1727 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
1728 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
1729 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
1730 xmalloc. */
1731
1732 static int
1733 next_overlay_change (pos)
1734 int pos;
1735 {
1736 int noverlays;
1737 int endpos;
1738 Lisp_Object *overlays;
1739 int len;
1740 int i;
1741
1742 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
1743 len = 10;
1744 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
1745 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL);
1746 if (noverlays > len)
1747 {
1748 len = noverlays;
1749 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
1750 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL);
1751 }
1752
1753 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
1754 use its ending point instead. */
1755 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
1756 {
1757 Lisp_Object oend;
1758 int oendpos;
1759
1760 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
1761 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
1762 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
1763 }
1764
1765 return endpos;
1766 }
1767
1768
1769 \f
1770 /***********************************************************************
1771 Fontification
1772 ***********************************************************************/
1773
1774 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
1775 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
1776 regions of text. */
1777
1778 static enum prop_handled
1779 handle_fontified_prop (it)
1780 struct it *it;
1781 {
1782 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
1783 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1784 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1785
1786 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
1787 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
1788 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
1789 Qfontification_functions. */
1790 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
1791 && it->s == NULL
1792 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
1793 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
1794 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
1795 NILP (prop)))
1796 {
1797 Lisp_Object args[2];
1798
1799 GCPRO1 (pos);
1800 /* Run the hook functions. */
1801 args[0] = Qfontification_functions;
1802 args[1] = pos;
1803 Frun_hook_with_args (make_number (2), args);
1804
1805 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
1806 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
1807 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
1808 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
1809 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
1810 UNGCPRO;
1811 }
1812
1813 return handled;
1814 }
1815
1816
1817 \f
1818 /***********************************************************************
1819 Faces
1820 ***********************************************************************/
1821
1822 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
1823 Called from handle_stop. */
1824
1825 static enum prop_handled
1826 handle_face_prop (it)
1827 struct it *it;
1828 {
1829 int new_face_id, next_stop;
1830
1831 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
1832 {
1833 new_face_id
1834 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
1835 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
1836 it->region_beg_charpos,
1837 it->region_end_charpos,
1838 &next_stop,
1839 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1840 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
1841 0);
1842
1843 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
1844 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
1845 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
1846 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
1847 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
1848 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
1849 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
1850 {
1851 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
1852
1853 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
1854 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
1855 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
1856 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
1857 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
1858 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
1859 it->start_of_box_run_p
1860 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
1861 && (it->face_id >= 0
1862 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
1863 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
1864 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
1865 }
1866 }
1867 else
1868 {
1869 new_face_id
1870 = face_at_string_position (it->w,
1871 it->string,
1872 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
1873 (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0
1874 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1875 : 0),
1876 it->region_beg_charpos,
1877 it->region_end_charpos,
1878 &next_stop,
1879 it->base_face_id);
1880
1881 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
1882 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
1883 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
1884 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
1885 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1886 new_face_id = MODE_LINE_FACE_ID;
1887 #endif
1888
1889 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
1890 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
1891 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
1892 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
1893 box, all characters up to that position will have a
1894 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
1895 is really the end. */
1896 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
1897 {
1898 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
1899 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1900
1901 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
1902 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
1903 shadow on the left side. */
1904 it->start_of_box_run_p
1905 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
1906 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
1907 }
1908 }
1909
1910 it->face_id = new_face_id;
1911 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
1912 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1913 }
1914
1915
1916 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
1917 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
1918 position. Value is the id of the face. */
1919
1920 static int
1921 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
1922 struct it *it;
1923 int before_p;
1924 {
1925 int face_id, limit;
1926 int next_check_charpos;
1927 struct text_pos pos;
1928
1929 xassert (it->s == NULL);
1930
1931 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1932 {
1933 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
1934 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
1935 string start. */
1936 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size
1937 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
1938 return it->face_id;
1939
1940 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
1941 if (before_p)
1942 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
1943 else
1944 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string);
1945
1946 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
1947 face_id
1948 = face_at_string_position (it->w,
1949 it->string,
1950 CHARPOS (pos),
1951 (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0
1952 ? IT_CHARPOS (*it)
1953 : 0),
1954 it->region_beg_charpos,
1955 it->region_end_charpos,
1956 &next_check_charpos,
1957 it->base_face_id);
1958
1959 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
1960 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
1961 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
1962 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
1963 {
1964 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (it->string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
1965 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1966 int c, len, charset;
1967
1968 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1969 charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1970 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
1971 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, face_id, charset);
1972 }
1973 }
1974 else
1975 {
1976 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
1977 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
1978 return it->face_id;
1979
1980 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
1981 pos = it->current.pos;
1982
1983 if (before_p)
1984 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos);
1985 else
1986 INC_TEXT_POS (pos);
1987
1988 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
1989 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
1990 CHARPOS (pos),
1991 it->region_beg_charpos,
1992 it->region_end_charpos,
1993 &next_check_charpos,
1994 limit, 0);
1995
1996 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
1997 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
1998 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
1999 if (it->multibyte_p)
2000 {
2001 int charset = charset_at_position (pos);
2002 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
2003 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, face_id, charset);
2004 }
2005 }
2006
2007 return face_id;
2008 }
2009
2010
2011 \f
2012 /***********************************************************************
2013 Invisible text
2014 ***********************************************************************/
2015
2016 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2017 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2018
2019 static enum prop_handled
2020 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2021 struct it *it;
2022 {
2023 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2024
2025 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2026 {
2027 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2028 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2029
2030 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2031 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2032 property. */
2033 XSETFASTINT (charpos, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2034 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2035
2036 if (!NILP (prop))
2037 {
2038 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2039
2040 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2041 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2042 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2043 all the rest of IT->string. */
2044 XSETINT (limit, XSTRING (it->string)->size);
2045 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2046 it->string, limit);
2047
2048 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2049 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2050 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2051 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2052 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2053 {
2054 struct text_pos old;
2055 old = it->current.string_pos;
2056 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2057 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2058 }
2059 else
2060 {
2061 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2062 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2063 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2064 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2065 {
2066 next_overlay_string (it);
2067 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2068 finished processing them. */
2069 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2070 }
2071 else
2072 {
2073 struct Lisp_String *s = XSTRING (it->string);
2074 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = s->size;
2075 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = STRING_BYTES (s);
2076 }
2077 }
2078 }
2079 }
2080 else
2081 {
2082 int visible_p, newpos, next_stop;
2083 Lisp_Object pos, prop;
2084
2085 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2086 XSETFASTINT (pos, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2087 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2088
2089 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2090 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
2091 {
2092 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2093 invisible text. */
2094 int display_ellipsis_p
2095 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop);
2096
2097 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2098
2099 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2100 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2101 do
2102 {
2103 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2104 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2105 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2106 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2107 invisible property. */
2108 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2109 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2110
2111 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2112 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2113 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2114 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2115 visible_p = 1;
2116 else
2117 {
2118 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2119 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2120 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2121 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2122 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2123 newpos is visible. */
2124 XSETFASTINT (pos, newpos);
2125 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2126 visible_p = !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2127 }
2128
2129 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2130 skip starting with next_stop. */
2131 if (!visible_p)
2132 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2133 }
2134 while (!visible_p);
2135
2136 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2137 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2138 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2139
2140 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2141 if (display_ellipsis_p)
2142 {
2143 if (it->dp
2144 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2145 {
2146 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2147 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2148 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2149 }
2150 else
2151 {
2152 /* Default `...'. */
2153 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2154 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2155 }
2156
2157 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2158 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2159 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2160 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2161
2162 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2163 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2164 }
2165 }
2166 }
2167
2168 return handled;
2169 }
2170
2171
2172 \f
2173 /***********************************************************************
2174 'display' property
2175 ***********************************************************************/
2176
2177 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2178 Called from handle_stop. */
2179
2180 static enum prop_handled
2181 handle_display_prop (it)
2182 struct it *it;
2183 {
2184 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2185 struct text_pos *position;
2186 int space_or_image_found_p;
2187
2188 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2189 {
2190 object = it->string;
2191 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2192 }
2193 else
2194 {
2195 object = Qnil;
2196 position = &it->current.pos;
2197 }
2198
2199 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2200 it->font_height = Qnil;
2201 it->space_width = Qnil;
2202 it->voffset = 0;
2203
2204 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2205 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2206 `display' property etc. */
2207 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2208 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2209
2210 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2211 Qdisplay, object);
2212 if (NILP (prop))
2213 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2214
2215 space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2216 if (CONSP (prop)
2217 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2218 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2219 {
2220 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2221 while (CONSP (prop))
2222 {
2223 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object, position))
2224 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2225 prop = XCDR (prop);
2226 }
2227 }
2228 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2229 {
2230 int i;
2231 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2232 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i],
2233 object, position))
2234 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2235 }
2236 else
2237 {
2238 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position))
2239 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2240 }
2241
2242 return space_or_image_found_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2243 }
2244
2245
2246 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2247 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2248
2249 static struct text_pos
2250 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2251 struct it *it;
2252 Lisp_Object object;
2253 struct text_pos start_pos;
2254 {
2255 Lisp_Object end;
2256 struct text_pos end_pos;
2257
2258 end = next_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2259 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2260 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2261 if (STRINGP (object))
2262 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2263 else
2264 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2265
2266 return end_pos;
2267 }
2268
2269
2270 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2271 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2272 is the position at which it was found.
2273
2274 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2275 end position of the `display' property.
2276
2277 Value is non-zero if a `space' or `image' property value was found. */
2278
2279 static int
2280 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position)
2281 struct it *it;
2282 Lisp_Object prop;
2283 Lisp_Object object;
2284 struct text_pos *position;
2285 {
2286 Lisp_Object value;
2287 int space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2288
2289 Lisp_Object form;
2290
2291 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2292 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2293 form = Qt;
2294 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2295 {
2296 prop = XCDR (prop);
2297 if (!CONSP (prop))
2298 return 0;
2299 form = XCAR (prop);
2300 prop = XCDR (prop);
2301 }
2302
2303 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2304 {
2305 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2306 struct text_pos end_pos, pt;
2307
2308 end_pos = display_prop_end (it, object, *position);
2309 GCPRO1 (form);
2310
2311 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2312 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2313 CHARPOS (pt) = PT;
2314 BYTEPOS (pt) = PT_BYTE;
2315 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos), BYTEPOS (end_pos));
2316 form = eval_form (form);
2317 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
2318 UNGCPRO;
2319 }
2320
2321 if (NILP (form))
2322 return 0;
2323
2324 if (CONSP (prop)
2325 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2326 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2327 {
2328 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2329 return 0;
2330
2331 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2332 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2333 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2334 {
2335 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2336 int new_height = -1;
2337
2338 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2339 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2340 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2341 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2342 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2343 {
2344 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2345 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2346 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2347 steps = - steps;
2348 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2349 }
2350 else if (SYMBOLP (it->font_height))
2351 {
2352 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2353 Value is the new height. */
2354 Lisp_Object form, height;
2355 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2356
2357 height = face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX];
2358 form = Fcons (it->font_height, Fcons (height, Qnil));
2359 GCPRO1 (form);
2360 height = eval_form (form);
2361 if (NUMBERP (height))
2362 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2363 UNGCPRO;
2364 }
2365 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2366 {
2367 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2368 struct face *face;
2369
2370 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2371 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2372 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2373 }
2374 else
2375 {
2376 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2377 current specified height to get the new height. */
2378 Lisp_Object value;
2379 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
2380
2381 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2382 value = eval_form (it->font_height);
2383 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2384
2385 if (NUMBERP (value))
2386 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2387 }
2388
2389 if (new_height > 0)
2390 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2391 }
2392 }
2393 else if (CONSP (prop)
2394 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2395 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2396 {
2397 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2398 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2399 return 0;
2400
2401 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2402 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2403 it->space_width = value;
2404 }
2405 else if (CONSP (prop)
2406 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2407 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2408 {
2409 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2410 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2411 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2412 return 0;
2413
2414 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2415 if (NUMBERP (value))
2416 {
2417 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2418 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2419 * (face->font->ascent + face->font->descent));
2420 }
2421 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2422 }
2423 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2424 {
2425 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2426 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2427 Lisp_Object location, value;
2428 struct text_pos start_pos;
2429 int valid_p;
2430
2431 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2432 we have to find the end of the property. */
2433 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2434 start_pos = *position;
2435 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2436
2437 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2438 text properties change there. */
2439 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2440
2441 location = Qunbound;
2442 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
2443 {
2444 Lisp_Object tem;
2445
2446 value = XCDR (prop);
2447 if (CONSP (value))
2448 value = XCAR (value);
2449
2450 tem = XCAR (prop);
2451 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
2452 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
2453 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
2454 (NILP (tem)
2455 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
2456 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
2457 location = tem;
2458 }
2459
2460 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
2461 {
2462 location = Qnil;
2463 value = prop;
2464 }
2465
2466 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2467 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2468 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2469 else
2470 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
2471 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2472 || valid_image_p (value));
2473 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2474 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2475 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2476
2477 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
2478 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
2479 || NILP (location))
2480 && valid_p)
2481 {
2482 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2483 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2484 push_it (it);
2485
2486 if (NILP (location))
2487 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2488 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
2489 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
2490 else
2491 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
2492
2493 if (STRINGP (value))
2494 {
2495 it->string = value;
2496 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2497 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2498 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2499 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars
2500 = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2501 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2502 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2503 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
2504 }
2505 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2506 {
2507 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
2508 it->object = value;
2509 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
2510 }
2511 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2512 else
2513 {
2514 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
2515 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
2516 it->position = start_pos;
2517 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
2518 it->method = next_element_from_image;
2519
2520 /* Say that we don't have consumed the characters with
2521 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2522 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2523 *position = start_pos;
2524 }
2525 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2526 }
2527 }
2528
2529 return space_or_image_found_p;
2530 }
2531
2532
2533 \f
2534 /***********************************************************************
2535 Overlay strings
2536 ***********************************************************************/
2537
2538 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
2539 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
2540
2541 struct overlay_entry
2542 {
2543 Lisp_Object string;
2544 int priority;
2545 int after_string_p;
2546 };
2547
2548
2549 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
2550 Called from handle_stop. */
2551
2552 static enum prop_handled
2553 handle_overlay_change (it)
2554 struct it *it;
2555 {
2556 /* Overlays are handled in current_buffer only. */
2557 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2558 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2559 else
2560 return (get_overlay_strings (it)
2561 ? HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS
2562 : HANDLED_NORMALLY);
2563 }
2564
2565
2566 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
2567 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
2568 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
2569 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
2570 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
2571 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
2572
2573 static void
2574 next_overlay_string (it)
2575 struct it *it;
2576 {
2577 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
2578 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
2579 {
2580 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
2581 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
2582 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
2583 pop_it (it);
2584 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
2585 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
2586 it->string = Qnil;
2587 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2588 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
2589 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
2590 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
2591 }
2592 else
2593 {
2594 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
2595 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
2596 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
2597 it. */
2598 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
2599
2600 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
2601 load_overlay_strings (it);
2602
2603 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
2604 string. */
2605 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
2606 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2607 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
2608 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2609 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2610 }
2611
2612 CHECK_IT (it);
2613 }
2614
2615
2616 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
2617 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
2618 strings for the same position are sorted so that
2619
2620 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings.
2621
2622 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
2623 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
2624
2625 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
2626 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
2627
2628 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
2629
2630
2631 static int
2632 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
2633 void *e1, *e2;
2634 {
2635 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
2636 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
2637 int result;
2638
2639 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
2640 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings. */
2641 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
2642 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
2643 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
2644 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
2645 else
2646 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
2647 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
2648
2649 return result;
2650 }
2651
2652
2653 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
2654 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
2655 overlay strings found.
2656
2657 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
2658 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
2659 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
2660 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
2661 function.
2662
2663 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
2664 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
2665 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
2666 compare_overlay_entries. */
2667
2668 static void
2669 load_overlay_strings (it)
2670 struct it *it;
2671 {
2672 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
2673 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str;
2674 int start, end;
2675 int size = 20;
2676 int n = 0, i, j;
2677 struct overlay_entry *entries
2678 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
2679
2680 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
2681 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
2682 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
2683 OVERLAY. */
2684 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
2685 do \
2686 { \
2687 Lisp_Object priority; \
2688 \
2689 if (n == size) \
2690 { \
2691 int new_size = 2 * size; \
2692 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
2693 entries = \
2694 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
2695 * sizeof *entries); \
2696 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
2697 size = new_size; \
2698 } \
2699 \
2700 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
2701 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
2702 entries[n].priority \
2703 = INTEGERP (priority) ? XFASTINT (priority) : 0; \
2704 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
2705 ++n; \
2706 } \
2707 while (0)
2708
2709 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
2710 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before;
2711 CONSP (ov);
2712 ov = XCDR (ov))
2713 {
2714 overlay = XCAR (ov);
2715 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
2716 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
2717 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
2718
2719 if (end < IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2720 break;
2721
2722 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
2723 position. */
2724 if (end != IT_CHARPOS (*it) && start != IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2725 continue;
2726
2727 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
2728 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
2729 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
2730 continue;
2731
2732 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
2733 if (start == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2734 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
2735 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2736 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
2737
2738 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
2739 if (end == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2740 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
2741 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2742 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
2743 }
2744
2745 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
2746 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after;
2747 CONSP (ov);
2748 ov = XCDR (ov))
2749 {
2750 overlay = XCAR (ov);
2751 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
2752 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
2753 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
2754
2755 if (start > IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2756 break;
2757
2758 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
2759 position. */
2760 if (end != IT_CHARPOS (*it) && start != IT_CHARPOS (*it))
2761 continue;
2762
2763 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
2764 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
2765 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
2766 continue;
2767
2768 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
2769 if (start == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2770 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
2771 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2772 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
2773
2774 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
2775 if (end == IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2776 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
2777 && XSTRING (str)->size)
2778 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
2779 }
2780
2781 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
2782
2783 /* Sort entries. */
2784 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
2785
2786 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
2787 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
2788
2789 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
2790 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
2791 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
2792 i = 0;
2793 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
2794 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
2795 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
2796
2797 CHECK_IT (it);
2798 }
2799
2800
2801 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
2802 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
2803 found. */
2804
2805 static int
2806 get_overlay_strings (it)
2807 struct it *it;
2808 {
2809 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
2810 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
2811 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
2812 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
2813 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
2814 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
2815 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
2816 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
2817 load_overlay_strings (it);
2818
2819 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
2820 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
2821 from current_buffer. */
2822 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
2823 {
2824 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
2825 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
2826 strings. */
2827 compute_stop_pos (it);
2828 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
2829
2830 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
2831 strings have been processed. */
2832 xassert (it->sp == 0);
2833 push_it (it);
2834
2835 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
2836 string. */
2837 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2838 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2839 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
2840 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2841 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2842 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2843 }
2844 else
2845 {
2846 it->string = Qnil;
2847 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2848 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
2849 }
2850
2851 CHECK_IT (it);
2852
2853 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
2854 return STRINGP (it->string);
2855 }
2856
2857
2858 \f
2859 /***********************************************************************
2860 Saving and restoring state
2861 ***********************************************************************/
2862
2863 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
2864 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
2865 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
2866 processed. */
2867
2868 static void
2869 push_it (it)
2870 struct it *it;
2871 {
2872 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
2873
2874 xassert (it->sp < 2);
2875 p = it->stack + it->sp;
2876
2877 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
2878 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
2879 p->face_id = it->face_id;
2880 p->string = it->string;
2881 p->pos = it->current;
2882 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
2883 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
2884 p->area = it->area;
2885 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
2886 p->space_width = it->space_width;
2887 p->font_height = it->font_height;
2888 p->voffset = it->voffset;
2889 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
2890 ++it->sp;
2891 }
2892
2893
2894 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
2895 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
2896 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
2897 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
2898 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
2899
2900 static void
2901 pop_it (it)
2902 struct it *it;
2903 {
2904 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
2905
2906 xassert (it->sp > 0);
2907 --it->sp;
2908 p = it->stack + it->sp;
2909 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
2910 it->face_id = p->face_id;
2911 it->string = p->string;
2912 it->current = p->pos;
2913 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
2914 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
2915 it->area = p->area;
2916 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
2917 it->space_width = p->space_width;
2918 it->font_height = p->font_height;
2919 it->voffset = p->voffset;
2920 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
2921 }
2922
2923
2924 \f
2925 /***********************************************************************
2926 Moving over lines
2927 ***********************************************************************/
2928
2929 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
2930
2931 static void
2932 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
2933 struct it *it;
2934 {
2935 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
2936 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2937 }
2938
2939
2940 /* Set IT's current position to the next line start. */
2941
2942 static void
2943 forward_to_next_line_start (it)
2944 struct it *it;
2945 {
2946 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it), 1);
2947 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2948 }
2949
2950
2951 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
2952 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
2953 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
2954 IT->hpos. */
2955
2956 static void
2957 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
2958 struct it *it;
2959 {
2960 int visible_p = 0;
2961
2962 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
2963 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
2964 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
2965
2966 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
2967 or text properties. */
2968 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
2969 && !visible_p)
2970 {
2971 visible_p = 1;
2972
2973 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
2974 are invisible. */
2975 if (it->selective > 0
2976 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
2977 it->selective))
2978 visible_p = 0;
2979 #ifdef USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES
2980 else
2981 {
2982 Lisp_Object prop;
2983
2984 prop = Fget_char_property (IT_CHARPOS (*it), Qinvisible, it->window);
2985 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
2986 visible_p = 0;
2987 }
2988 #endif /* USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES */
2989
2990 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
2991 if (!visible_p)
2992 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
2993 }
2994
2995 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
2996 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
2997 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
2998 CHECK_IT (it);
2999 }
3000
3001
3002 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3003 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3004 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3005 face information etc. */
3006
3007 static void
3008 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3009 struct it *it;
3010 {
3011 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3012 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3013 CHECK_IT (it);
3014 }
3015
3016
3017 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3018 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3019 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3020 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3021 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3022 is invisible because of text properties. */
3023
3024 static void
3025 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3026 struct it *it;
3027 int on_newline_p;
3028 {
3029 /* Restore the buffer position when currently not delivering display
3030 elements from the current buffer. This is the case, for example,
3031 when called at the end of a truncated overlay string. */
3032 while (it->sp)
3033 pop_it (it);
3034 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3035
3036 /* Otherwise, scan_buffer would not work. */
3037 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
3038 {
3039 /* If on a newline, advance past it. Otherwise, find the next
3040 newline which automatically gives us the position following
3041 the newline. */
3042 if (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)) == '\n')
3043 {
3044 ++IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3045 ++IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3046 }
3047 else
3048 forward_to_next_line_start (it);
3049
3050 /* We must either have reached the end of the buffer or end up
3051 after a newline. */
3052 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
3053 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3054
3055 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3056 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3057 if (it->selective > 0)
3058 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3059 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3060 it->selective))
3061 forward_to_next_line_start (it);
3062
3063 /* Position on the newline if we should. */
3064 if (on_newline_p && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3065 {
3066 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3067 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3068 }
3069
3070 /* Set the iterator there. The 0 as the last parameter of
3071 reseat means don't force a text property lookup. The lookup
3072 is then only done if we've skipped past the iterator's
3073 check_charpos'es. This optimization is important because
3074 text property lookups tend to be expensive. */
3075 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3076 }
3077
3078 CHECK_IT (it);
3079 }
3080
3081
3082 \f
3083 /***********************************************************************
3084 Changing an iterator's position
3085 ***********************************************************************/
3086
3087 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3088 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3089 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3090 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3091
3092 static void
3093 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
3094 struct it *it;
3095 struct text_pos pos;
3096 int force_p;
3097 {
3098 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3099
3100 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
3101
3102 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3103 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3104 if (force_p
3105 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
3106 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
3107 handle_stop (it);
3108
3109 CHECK_IT (it);
3110 }
3111
3112
3113 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3114 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3115
3116 static void
3117 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
3118 struct it *it;
3119 struct text_pos pos;
3120 int set_stop_p;
3121 {
3122 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3123 xassert (it->s == NULL);
3124
3125 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3126 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
3127
3128 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
3129 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
3130 it->dpvec = NULL;
3131 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3132 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3133 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
3134 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3135 it->string = Qnil;
3136 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3137 it->sp = 0;
3138
3139 if (set_stop_p)
3140 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
3141 }
3142
3143
3144 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3145 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3146 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3147
3148 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3149 characters from the string.
3150
3151 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3152 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3153 field width.
3154
3155 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3156 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3157 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3158
3159 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3160 calling this function. */
3161
3162 static void
3163 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
3164 struct it *it;
3165 unsigned char *s;
3166 Lisp_Object string;
3167 int charpos;
3168 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
3169 {
3170 /* No region in strings. */
3171 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
3172
3173 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
3174 it->stop_charpos = -1;
3175
3176 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
3177 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
3178 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3179 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3180 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
3181 xassert (charpos >= 0);
3182
3183 /* Use the setting of MULTIBYTE if specified. */
3184 if (multibyte >= 0)
3185 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
3186
3187 if (s == NULL)
3188 {
3189 xassert (STRINGP (string));
3190 it->string = string;
3191 it->s = NULL;
3192 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = XSTRING (string)->size;
3193 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3194 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
3195 }
3196 else
3197 {
3198 it->s = s;
3199 it->string = Qnil;
3200
3201 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
3202 for displaying C strings. */
3203 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3204 if (it->multibyte_p)
3205 {
3206 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
3207 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
3208 }
3209 else
3210 {
3211 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
3212 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
3213 }
3214
3215 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3216 }
3217
3218 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
3219 from the string. */
3220 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
3221 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
3222
3223 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3224 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
3225 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
3226 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
3227 if (field_width < 0)
3228 field_width = INFINITY;
3229 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
3230 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
3231
3232 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
3233 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
3234 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
3235
3236 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
3237 CHECK_IT (it);
3238 }
3239
3240
3241 \f
3242 /***********************************************************************
3243 Iteration
3244 ***********************************************************************/
3245
3246 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3247 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
3248 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
3249
3250 int
3251 get_next_display_element (it)
3252 struct it *it;
3253 {
3254 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
3255 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
3256 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
3257 using a sequence of if-statements. */
3258 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
3259 int charset;
3260
3261 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
3262 {
3263 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
3264 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
3265 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
3266 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
3267 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
3268 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
3269 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
3270 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
3271 it? */
3272 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
3273 {
3274 Lisp_Object dv;
3275
3276 if (it->dp
3277 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
3278 VECTORP (dv)))
3279 {
3280 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
3281
3282 /* Return the first character from the display table
3283 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
3284 current character. */
3285 if (v->size)
3286 {
3287 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3288 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3289 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3290 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3291 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3292 }
3293
3294 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3295 }
3296
3297 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
3298 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
3299 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
3300 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
3301 don't believe that it is worth doing.
3302
3303 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
3304 octal form. */
3305 else if ((it->c < ' '
3306 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
3307 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
3308 || (it->c >= 127
3309 && it->len == 1)
3310 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
3311 {
3312 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
3313 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
3314 can be defined in the display table. Fill
3315 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
3316 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
3317 GLYPH g;
3318
3319 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
3320 {
3321 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
3322 if (it->dp
3323 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
3324 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3325 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
3326 else
3327 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
3328 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
3329
3330 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
3331 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
3332
3333 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
3334 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3335 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3336 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
3337 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3338 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3339 get_next_display_element (it);
3340 }
3341 else
3342 {
3343 unsigned char work[4], *str;
3344 int len = CHAR_STRING (it->c, work, str);
3345 int i;
3346 GLYPH escape_glyph;
3347
3348 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
3349 if (it->dp
3350 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
3351 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3352 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
3353 else
3354 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
3355
3356 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3357 {
3358 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
3359 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
3360 the octal display of the character. */
3361 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
3362 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
3363 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
3364 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
3365 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
3366 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
3367 }
3368
3369 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
3370 from it. */
3371 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3372 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3373 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
3374 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3375 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3376 get_next_display_element (it);
3377 }
3378 }
3379 }
3380
3381 /* Adjust face id if charset changes. There are no charset
3382 changes in unibyte text because Emacs' charsets are not
3383 applicable there. */
3384 if (it->multibyte_p
3385 && success_p
3386 && (charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->c),
3387 charset != it->charset))
3388 {
3389 it->charset = charset;
3390 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, it->face_id, charset);
3391 }
3392 }
3393
3394 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
3395 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
3396 if (it->face_box_p
3397 && it->s == NULL)
3398 {
3399 int face_id;
3400 struct face *face;
3401
3402 it->end_of_box_run_p
3403 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
3404 face_id != it->face_id)
3405 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
3406 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
3407 }
3408
3409 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
3410 return success_p;
3411 }
3412
3413
3414 /* Move IT to the next display element.
3415
3416 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
3417 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
3418 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
3419 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
3420 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
3421 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
3422 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
3423 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
3424 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
3425
3426 void
3427 set_iterator_to_next (it)
3428 struct it *it;
3429 {
3430 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
3431 {
3432 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
3433 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
3434 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
3435 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
3436 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
3437 else
3438 {
3439 xassert (it->len != 0);
3440 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3441 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3442 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
3443 }
3444 }
3445 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
3446 {
3447 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
3448 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3449 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3450 }
3451 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
3452 {
3453 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
3454 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
3455 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
3456 strings. */
3457 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
3458
3459 /* Restore face and charset of the iterator to what they were
3460 before the display vector entry (these entries may contain
3461 faces, and of course characters of different charsets). */
3462 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
3463 it->charset = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id)->charset;
3464
3465 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
3466 {
3467 if (it->s)
3468 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3469 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
3470 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3471 else
3472 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3473
3474 it->dpvec = NULL;
3475 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3476
3477 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
3478 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
3479 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
3480 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
3481 {
3482 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
3483 set_iterator_to_next (it);
3484 }
3485 }
3486 }
3487 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
3488 {
3489 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
3490 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
3491 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
3492 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
3493
3494 consider_string_end:
3495
3496 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
3497 {
3498 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
3499 next, if there is one. */
3500 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
3501 next_overlay_string (it);
3502 }
3503 else
3504 {
3505 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
3506 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
3507 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
3508 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
3509 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == XSTRING (it->string)->size
3510 && it->sp > 0)
3511 {
3512 pop_it (it);
3513 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
3514 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3515 }
3516 }
3517 }
3518 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
3519 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
3520 {
3521 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
3522 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
3523 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
3524 pop_it (it);
3525 it->image_id = 0;
3526 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3527 {
3528 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3529 goto consider_string_end;
3530 }
3531 else
3532 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3533 }
3534 else
3535 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
3536 abort ();
3537
3538 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of
3539 characters with box. */
3540 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
3541
3542 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
3543 || (STRINGP (it->string)
3544 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
3545 }
3546
3547
3548 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3549 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
3550 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
3551 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
3552
3553 static int
3554 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
3555 struct it *it;
3556 {
3557 /* Precondition. */
3558 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
3559
3560 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
3561 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
3562 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
3563
3564 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
3565 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
3566 {
3567 int lface_id;
3568 GLYPH g;
3569
3570 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
3571 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
3572 it->len = CHAR_LEN (it->c);
3573
3574 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
3575 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
3576 zero means no face. */
3577 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
3578 if (lface_id)
3579 {
3580 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
3581 if (face_id >= 0)
3582 {
3583 it->face_id = face_id;
3584 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
3585 }
3586 }
3587 }
3588 else
3589 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
3590 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3591
3592 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
3593 still the values of the character that had this display table
3594 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
3595 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3596 return 1;
3597 }
3598
3599
3600 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
3601 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
3602 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
3603 overlay string. */
3604
3605 static int
3606 next_element_from_string (it)
3607 struct it *it;
3608 {
3609 struct text_pos position;
3610
3611 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3612 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
3613 position = it->current.string_pos;
3614
3615 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
3616 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
3617 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
3618 {
3619 handle_stop (it);
3620
3621 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
3622 recurse here. */
3623 return get_next_display_element (it);
3624 }
3625
3626 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
3627 {
3628 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
3629 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
3630 do. */
3631 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
3632 {
3633 it->what = IT_EOB;
3634 return 0;
3635 }
3636 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
3637 {
3638 int remaining = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
3639 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3640 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
3641 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3642 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
3643 }
3644 else
3645 {
3646 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
3647 it->len = 1;
3648 }
3649 }
3650 else
3651 {
3652 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
3653 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
3654 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
3655 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
3656 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3657 {
3658 it->what = IT_EOB;
3659 return 0;
3660 }
3661 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
3662 {
3663 /* Pad with spaces. */
3664 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3665 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
3666 }
3667 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
3668 {
3669 int maxlen = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
3670 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3671 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
3672 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
3673 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
3674 }
3675 else
3676 {
3677 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
3678 it->len = 1;
3679 }
3680 }
3681
3682 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
3683 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
3684 string position. */
3685 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3686 it->object = it->string;
3687 it->position = position;
3688 return 1;
3689 }
3690
3691
3692 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
3693 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
3694 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
3695 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
3696 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
3697 reached, including padding spaces. */
3698
3699 static int
3700 next_element_from_c_string (it)
3701 struct it *it;
3702 {
3703 int success_p = 1;
3704
3705 xassert (it->s);
3706 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
3707 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
3708 it->object = Qnil;
3709
3710 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
3711 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
3712 initialized. */
3713 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3714 {
3715 /* End of the game. */
3716 it->what = IT_EOB;
3717 success_p = 0;
3718 }
3719 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
3720 {
3721 /* Pad with spaces. */
3722 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
3723 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
3724 }
3725 else if (it->multibyte_p)
3726 {
3727 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
3728 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
3729 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
3730 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3731 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3732 maxlen, &it->len);
3733 }
3734 else
3735 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
3736
3737 return success_p;
3738 }
3739
3740
3741 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
3742 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
3743 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
3744 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
3745
3746 static void
3747 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
3748 struct it *it;
3749 {
3750 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
3751 {
3752 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
3753 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
3754 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
3755 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3756 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3757 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3758 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3759 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3760 get_next_display_element (it);
3761 }
3762 else if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
3763 {
3764 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
3765 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3766 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
3767 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
3768 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3769 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3770 get_next_display_element (it);
3771 }
3772 }
3773
3774
3775 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
3776 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
3777 is always 1. */
3778
3779
3780 static int
3781 next_element_from_image (it)
3782 struct it *it;
3783 {
3784 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
3785 return 1;
3786 }
3787
3788
3789 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
3790 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
3791 always 1. */
3792
3793 static int
3794 next_element_from_stretch (it)
3795 struct it *it;
3796 {
3797 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
3798 return 1;
3799 }
3800
3801
3802 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
3803 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
3804 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
3805 end. */
3806
3807 static int
3808 next_element_from_buffer (it)
3809 struct it *it;
3810 {
3811 int success_p = 1;
3812
3813 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
3814 if-statement, below. */
3815 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
3816 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
3817
3818 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
3819 {
3820 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3821 {
3822 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
3823
3824 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
3825 haven't been returned yet. */
3826 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
3827 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
3828 else
3829 {
3830 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3831 overlay_strings_follow_p
3832 = get_overlay_strings (it);
3833 }
3834
3835 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
3836 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3837 else
3838 {
3839 it->what = IT_EOB;
3840 it->position = it->current.pos;
3841 success_p = 0;
3842 }
3843 }
3844 else
3845 {
3846 handle_stop (it);
3847 return get_next_display_element (it);
3848 }
3849 }
3850 else
3851 {
3852 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
3853 character from current_buffer. */
3854 unsigned char *p;
3855
3856 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
3857 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
3858 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
3859 && it->glyph_row
3860 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
3861 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
3862
3863 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
3864 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
3865 if (it->multibyte_p)
3866 {
3867 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
3868 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
3869 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
3870 }
3871 else
3872 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
3873
3874 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
3875 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
3876 it->object = it->w->buffer;
3877 it->position = it->current.pos;
3878
3879 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
3880 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
3881 if (it->selective)
3882 {
3883 if (it->c == '\n')
3884 {
3885 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
3886 than that number of columns. */
3887 if (it->selective > 0
3888 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
3889 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
3890 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
3891 it->selective))
3892 {
3893 next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
3894 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
3895 }
3896 }
3897 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
3898 {
3899 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
3900 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
3901 ellipsis displayed for it. */
3902 next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
3903 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
3904 }
3905 }
3906 }
3907
3908 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
3909 xassert (!success_p || it->len > 0);
3910 return success_p;
3911 }
3912
3913
3914 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
3915
3916 static void
3917 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
3918 struct it *it;
3919 {
3920 Lisp_Object args[3];
3921
3922 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
3923 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
3924 xassert (it->glyph_row);
3925
3926 /* Set up hook arguments. */
3927 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
3928 args[1] = it->window;
3929 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
3930 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
3931
3932 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
3933 them again, even if they get an error. */
3934 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
3935 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
3936
3937 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
3938 handle_face_prop (it);
3939 }
3940
3941
3942 \f
3943 /***********************************************************************
3944 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
3945 ***********************************************************************/
3946
3947 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
3948 line on the display without producing glyphs.
3949
3950 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
3951 whichever is reached first.
3952
3953 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
3954
3955 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
3956 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
3957 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
3958 scrolled.
3959
3960 Value is
3961
3962 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
3963 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
3964
3965 MOVE_X_REACHED
3966 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
3967
3968 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
3969 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
3970 be continued.
3971
3972 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
3973 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
3974 truncated.
3975
3976 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
3977 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
3978 display is on. */
3979
3980 static enum move_it_result
3981 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
3982 struct it *it;
3983 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
3984 {
3985 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
3986 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
3987
3988 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
3989 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
3990 it->glyph_row = NULL;
3991
3992 while (1)
3993 {
3994 int x, i;
3995
3996 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
3997 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
3998 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
3999 && BUFFERP (it->object)
4000 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
4001 {
4002 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
4003 break;
4004 }
4005
4006 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4007 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4008 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4009 fit on the line. */
4010 x = it->current_x;
4011 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
4012
4013 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
4014 {
4015 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4016 continue;
4017 }
4018
4019 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4020 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4021 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4022 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4023 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4024 composite character.
4025
4026 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4027 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4028 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4029 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4030 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4031 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4032 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4033 next line.
4034
4035 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4036 the same width. */
4037 if (it->nglyphs)
4038 {
4039 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4040 glyphs have the same width. */
4041 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
4042 int new_x;
4043
4044 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
4045 {
4046 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
4047
4048 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4049 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
4050 {
4051 it->current_x = x;
4052 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4053 break;
4054 }
4055 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4056 !it->truncate_lines_p
4057 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4058 new_x > it->last_visible_x
4059 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4060 system frame. */
4061 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4062 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
4063 {
4064 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4065 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4066 it->hpos == 0
4067 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4068 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
4069 {
4070 ++it->hpos;
4071 it->current_x = new_x;
4072 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
4073 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4074 }
4075 else
4076 it->current_x = x;
4077
4078 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
4079 break;
4080 }
4081 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
4082 {
4083 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4084 would be displayed. */
4085 ++it->hpos;
4086 }
4087 else
4088 {
4089 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4090 area. Nothing to do. */
4091 }
4092 }
4093
4094 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
4095 break;
4096 }
4097 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
4098 {
4099 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
4100 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
4101 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
4102 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
4103 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
4104 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4105 break;
4106 }
4107
4108 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
4109 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
4110 {
4111 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
4112 break;
4113 }
4114
4115 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
4116 to the next. */
4117 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4118
4119 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
4120 past the right edge of the window now. */
4121 if (it->truncate_lines_p
4122 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
4123 {
4124 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
4125 break;
4126 }
4127 }
4128
4129 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
4130 function. */
4131 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
4132 return result;
4133 }
4134
4135
4136 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
4137 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
4138 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
4139
4140 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
4141 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
4142 TO_CHARPOS. */
4143
4144 void
4145 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
4146 struct it *it;
4147 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
4148 int op;
4149 {
4150 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4151 int line_height;
4152
4153 while (1)
4154 {
4155 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
4156 {
4157 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
4158 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
4159 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
4160 {
4161 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4162 break;
4163 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
4164 }
4165 else
4166 {
4167 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
4168 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
4169 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
4170
4171 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
4172 break;
4173 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
4174 {
4175 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
4176 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4177 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4178 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4179 break;
4180 }
4181 }
4182 }
4183 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
4184 {
4185 struct it it_backup;
4186 int done_p;
4187
4188 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
4189 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
4190 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
4191 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
4192 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
4193 TO_X.
4194
4195 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
4196 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
4197 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
4198 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
4199 to happen. */
4200 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4201 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
4202 ? to_x : 0),
4203 (MOVE_TO_X
4204 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
4205
4206 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
4207 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4208 break;
4209
4210 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
4211 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
4212 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
4213 the line. */
4214 done_p = 0;
4215 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4216 {
4217 it_backup = *it;
4218 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
4219 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
4220 }
4221
4222 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
4223 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4224
4225 if (to_y >= it->current_y
4226 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
4227 {
4228 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4229 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
4230 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
4231 to the ones before skipping. */
4232 *it = it_backup;
4233 done_p = 1;
4234 }
4235 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4236 {
4237 skip = skip2;
4238 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4239 done_p = 1;
4240 }
4241
4242 if (done_p)
4243 break;
4244 }
4245 else
4246 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4247
4248 switch (skip)
4249 {
4250 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
4251 return;
4252
4253 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
4254 set_iterator_to_next (it);
4255 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4256 break;
4257
4258 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
4259 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4260 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4261 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4262 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
4263 goto out;
4264 break;
4265
4266 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
4267 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
4268 break;
4269
4270 default:
4271 abort ();
4272 }
4273
4274 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
4275 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
4276 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4277 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4278 ++it->vpos;
4279 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4280 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
4281 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
4282 }
4283 out:;
4284 }
4285
4286
4287 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
4288
4289 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
4290 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
4291 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
4292 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
4293 set to the top of the line moved to. */
4294
4295 void
4296 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
4297 struct it *it;
4298 int dy;
4299 {
4300 int nlines, h, line_height;
4301 struct it it2;
4302 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4303
4304 xassert (dy >= 0);
4305
4306 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
4307 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
4308
4309 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
4310 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4311 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4312
4313 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
4314 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
4315 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
4316 use reseat_1 here. */
4317 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
4318
4319 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
4320 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4321
4322 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
4323 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
4324 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
4325 y-distance. */
4326 it2 = *it;
4327 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
4328 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
4329 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4330 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4331 line_height = it2.max_ascent + it2.max_descent;
4332 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4333 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4334 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
4335 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
4336
4337 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
4338 it->vpos -= nlines;
4339 it->current_y -= h;
4340
4341 if (dy == 0)
4342 {
4343 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
4344 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
4345 if (nlines > 0)
4346 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
4347 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
4348 }
4349 else if (nlines)
4350 {
4351 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
4352 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
4353 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
4354
4355 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
4356 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
4357 if (target_y < it->current_y
4358 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4359 {
4360 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
4361 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4362 }
4363 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
4364 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
4365 {
4366 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
4367 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
4368 }
4369 }
4370 }
4371
4372
4373 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
4374 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
4375 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
4376
4377 void
4378 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
4379 struct it *it;
4380 int dy;
4381 {
4382 if (dy <= 0)
4383 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
4384 else if (dy > 0)
4385 {
4386 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
4387 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
4388
4389 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
4390 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
4391 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
4392 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
4393 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
4394 }
4395 }
4396
4397
4398 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
4399 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
4400 property lookup. */
4401
4402 static int
4403 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
4404 struct it *it;
4405 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
4406 {
4407 #ifdef USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES
4408 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
4409 int invisible_found_p;
4410
4411 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
4412
4413 /* Is text at START invisible? */
4414 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
4415 it->window);
4416 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
4417 invisible_found_p = 1;
4418 else
4419 {
4420 limit = next_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
4421 Qinvisible, Qnil,
4422 make_number (end_charpos));
4423 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
4424 }
4425
4426 return invisible_found_p;
4427
4428 #else /* not USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES */
4429 return 0;
4430 #endif /* not USE_TEXT_PROPERTIES */
4431 }
4432
4433
4434 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
4435 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
4436 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
4437 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
4438
4439 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
4440 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
4441 truncate-lines nil. */
4442
4443 void
4444 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
4445 struct it *it;
4446 int dvpos, need_y_p;
4447 {
4448 struct position pos;
4449
4450 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
4451 {
4452 struct text_pos textpos;
4453
4454 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
4455 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
4456 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
4457 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
4458 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
4459 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
4460 }
4461 else if (dvpos == 0)
4462 {
4463 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
4464 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
4465 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
4466 }
4467 else if (dvpos > 0)
4468 {
4469 /* If there are no continuation lines, and if there is no
4470 selective display, try the simple method of moving forward
4471 DVPOS newlines, then see where we are. */
4472 if (!need_y_p && it->truncate_lines_p && it->selective == 0)
4473 {
4474 int shortage = 0, charpos;
4475
4476 if (FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == '\n'))
4477 charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1;
4478 else
4479 charpos = scan_buffer ('\n', IT_CHARPOS (*it), 0, dvpos,
4480 &shortage, 0);
4481
4482 if (!invisible_text_between_p (it, IT_CHARPOS (*it), charpos))
4483 {
4484 struct text_pos pos;
4485 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4486 BYTEPOS (pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4487 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4488 it->vpos += dvpos - shortage;
4489 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4490 return;
4491 }
4492 }
4493
4494 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4495 }
4496 else
4497 {
4498 struct it it2;
4499 int start_charpos, i;
4500
4501 /* If there are no continuation lines, and if there is no
4502 selective display, try the simple method of moving backward
4503 -DVPOS newlines. */
4504 if (!need_y_p && it->truncate_lines_p && it->selective == 0)
4505 {
4506 int shortage;
4507 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4508 int bytepos = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4509
4510 /* If in the middle of a line, go to its start. */
4511 if (charpos > BEGV && FETCH_BYTE (bytepos - 1) != '\n')
4512 {
4513 charpos = find_next_newline_no_quit (charpos, -1);
4514 bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4515 }
4516
4517 if (charpos == BEGV)
4518 {
4519 struct text_pos pos;
4520 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4521 BYTEPOS (pos) = bytepos;
4522 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4523 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4524 return;
4525 }
4526 else
4527 {
4528 charpos = scan_buffer ('\n', charpos - 1, 0, dvpos, &shortage, 0);
4529 if (!invisible_text_between_p (it, charpos, IT_CHARPOS (*it)))
4530 {
4531 struct text_pos pos;
4532 CHARPOS (pos) = charpos;
4533 BYTEPOS (pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
4534 reseat (it, pos, 1);
4535 it->vpos += dvpos + (shortage ? shortage - 1 : 0);
4536 it->hpos = it->current_x = 0;
4537 return;
4538 }
4539 }
4540 }
4541
4542 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
4543 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4544 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
4545 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4546 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
4547 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4548
4549 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
4550 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
4551 it2 = *it;
4552 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
4553 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4554 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
4555 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
4556 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4557
4558 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
4559 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
4560 {
4561 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
4562 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
4563 }
4564 }
4565 }
4566
4567
4568 \f
4569 /***********************************************************************
4570 Messages
4571 ***********************************************************************/
4572
4573
4574 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
4575 to *Messages*. */
4576
4577 void
4578 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
4579 char *format;
4580 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
4581 {
4582 Lisp_Object args[3];
4583 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
4584 char *buffer;
4585 int len;
4586 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
4587
4588 fmt = msg = Qnil;
4589 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
4590
4591 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
4592 args[1] = arg1;
4593 args[2] = arg2;
4594 msg = Fformat (make_number (3), args);
4595
4596 len = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)) + 1;
4597 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
4598 strcpy (buffer, XSTRING (msg)->data);
4599
4600 message_dolog (buffer, len, 1, 0);
4601 UNGCPRO;
4602 }
4603
4604
4605 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
4606
4607 void
4608 message_log_maybe_newline ()
4609 {
4610 if (message_log_need_newline)
4611 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
4612 }
4613
4614
4615 /* Add a string M of length LEN to the message log, optionally
4616 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
4617 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
4618 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
4619 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
4620
4621 void
4622 message_dolog (m, len, nlflag, multibyte)
4623 char *m;
4624 int len, nlflag, multibyte;
4625 {
4626 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
4627 {
4628 struct buffer *oldbuf;
4629 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
4630 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
4631 int point_at_end = 0;
4632 int zv_at_end = 0;
4633 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
4634 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
4635
4636 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
4637 oldbuf = current_buffer;
4638 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (build_string ("*Messages*")));
4639 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
4640
4641 oldpoint = Fpoint_marker ();
4642 oldbegv = Fpoint_min_marker ();
4643 oldzv = Fpoint_max_marker ();
4644 GCPRO4 (oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv, old_deactivate_mark);
4645
4646 if (PT == Z)
4647 point_at_end = 1;
4648 if (ZV == Z)
4649 zv_at_end = 1;
4650
4651 BEGV = BEG;
4652 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
4653 ZV = Z;
4654 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
4655 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
4656
4657 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
4658 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
4659 if (multibyte
4660 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
4661 {
4662 int i, c, nbytes;
4663 unsigned char work[1];
4664
4665 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
4666 for the *Message* buffer. */
4667 for (i = 0; i < len; i += nbytes)
4668 {
4669 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, len - i, &nbytes);
4670 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
4671 ? c
4672 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
4673 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
4674 }
4675 }
4676 else if (! multibyte
4677 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
4678 {
4679 int i, c, nbytes;
4680 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
4681 unsigned char *str, work[4];
4682 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
4683 for the *Message* buffer. */
4684 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
4685 {
4686 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
4687 nbytes = CHAR_STRING (c, work, str);
4688 insert_1_both (work, 1, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
4689 }
4690 }
4691 else if (len)
4692 insert_1 (m, len, 1, 0, 0);
4693
4694 if (nlflag)
4695 {
4696 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
4697 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
4698
4699 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
4700 this_bol = PT;
4701 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
4702
4703 if (this_bol > BEG)
4704 {
4705 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
4706 prev_bol = PT;
4707 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
4708
4709 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
4710 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
4711 if (dup)
4712 {
4713 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
4714 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
4715 if (dup > 1)
4716 {
4717 char dupstr[40];
4718 int duplen;
4719
4720 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
4721 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
4722 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
4723 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
4724 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
4725 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
4726 }
4727 }
4728 }
4729
4730 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
4731 {
4732 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
4733 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
4734 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
4735 }
4736 }
4737 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
4738 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
4739
4740 if (zv_at_end)
4741 {
4742 ZV = Z;
4743 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
4744 }
4745 else
4746 {
4747 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
4748 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
4749 }
4750
4751 if (point_at_end)
4752 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
4753 else
4754 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
4755 Lisp code. */
4756 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
4757 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
4758
4759 UNGCPRO;
4760 free_marker (oldpoint);
4761 free_marker (oldbegv);
4762 free_marker (oldzv);
4763
4764 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
4765 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
4766 if (NILP (tem))
4767 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
4768 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
4769 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
4770 }
4771 }
4772
4773
4774 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
4775 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
4776 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
4777 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
4778 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
4779
4780 static int
4781 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
4782 int prev_bol, this_bol;
4783 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
4784 {
4785 int i;
4786 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
4787 int seen_dots = 0;
4788 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
4789 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
4790
4791 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
4792 {
4793 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.'
4794 && p1[i] != '\n')
4795 seen_dots = 1;
4796 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
4797 return seen_dots;
4798 }
4799 p1 += len;
4800 if (*p1 == '\n')
4801 return 2;
4802 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
4803 {
4804 int n = 0;
4805 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
4806 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
4807 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
4808 return n+1;
4809 }
4810 return 0;
4811 }
4812
4813
4814 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of LEN
4815 chars. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
4816 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
4817
4818 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
4819 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
4820 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
4821 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
4822
4823 void
4824 message2 (m, len, multibyte)
4825 char *m;
4826 int len;
4827 int multibyte;
4828 {
4829 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
4830 message_log_maybe_newline ();
4831 if (m)
4832 message_dolog (m, len, 1, multibyte);
4833 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte);
4834 }
4835
4836
4837 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
4838
4839 void
4840 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte)
4841 char *m;
4842 int len;
4843 {
4844 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
4845 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
4846
4847 if (noninteractive)
4848 {
4849 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
4850 putc ('\n', stderr);
4851 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
4852 if (m)
4853 fwrite (m, len, 1, stderr);
4854 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
4855 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4856 fflush (stderr);
4857 }
4858 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
4859 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
4860 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
4861 else if (INTERACTIVE
4862 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
4863 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
4864 {
4865 Lisp_Object mini_window;
4866 struct frame *f;
4867
4868 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
4869 that the selected frame is using. */
4870 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
4871 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
4872
4873 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
4874 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
4875 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
4876 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
4877
4878 if (m)
4879 {
4880 set_message (m, Qnil, len, multibyte);
4881 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
4882 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
4883 }
4884 else
4885 clear_message (1, 1);
4886
4887 do_pending_window_change (0);
4888 echo_area_display (1);
4889 do_pending_window_change (0);
4890 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
4891 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
4892 }
4893 }
4894
4895
4896 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
4897 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
4898 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
4899 text show through. */
4900
4901 void
4902 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
4903 Lisp_Object m;
4904 int nbytes;
4905 int multibyte;
4906 {
4907 struct gcpro gcpro1;
4908
4909 GCPRO1 (m);
4910
4911 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
4912 message_log_maybe_newline ();
4913 if (STRINGP (m))
4914 message_dolog (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
4915 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
4916
4917 UNGCPRO;
4918 }
4919
4920
4921 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
4922
4923 void
4924 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
4925 Lisp_Object m;
4926 int nbytes, multibyte;
4927 {
4928 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
4929 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
4930
4931 if (noninteractive)
4932 {
4933 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
4934 putc ('\n', stderr);
4935 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
4936 if (STRINGP (m))
4937 fwrite (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, stderr);
4938 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
4939 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
4940 fflush (stderr);
4941 }
4942 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
4943 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
4944 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
4945 else if (INTERACTIVE
4946 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
4947 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
4948 {
4949 Lisp_Object mini_window;
4950 Lisp_Object frame;
4951 struct frame *f;
4952
4953 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
4954 that the selected frame is using. */
4955 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
4956 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
4957 f = XFRAME (frame);
4958
4959 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
4960 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
4961 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
4962 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
4963
4964 if (STRINGP (m) && XSTRING (m)->size)
4965 {
4966 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
4967 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
4968 Fraise_frame (frame);
4969 }
4970 else
4971 clear_message (1, 1);
4972
4973 do_pending_window_change (0);
4974 echo_area_display (1);
4975 do_pending_window_change (0);
4976 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
4977 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
4978 }
4979 }
4980
4981
4982 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
4983 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
4984
4985 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
4986 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
4987 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
4988 that was alloca'd. */
4989
4990 void
4991 message1 (m)
4992 char *m;
4993 {
4994 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
4995 }
4996
4997
4998 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
4999
5000 void
5001 message1_nolog (m)
5002 char *m;
5003 {
5004 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5005 }
5006
5007 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
5008 which gets replaced with STRING. */
5009
5010 void
5011 message_with_string (m, string, log)
5012 char *m;
5013 Lisp_Object string;
5014 int log;
5015 {
5016 if (noninteractive)
5017 {
5018 if (m)
5019 {
5020 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5021 putc ('\n', stderr);
5022 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5023 fprintf (stderr, m, XSTRING (string)->data);
5024 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5025 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5026 fflush (stderr);
5027 }
5028 }
5029 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5030 {
5031 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
5032 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
5033 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5034 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5035 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5036
5037 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5038 that the selected frame is using. */
5039 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5040 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5041
5042 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5043 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5044 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5045 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5046 {
5047 int len;
5048 char *a[1];
5049 a[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string)->data;
5050
5051 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5052 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5053
5054 if (log)
5055 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5056 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5057 else
5058 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5059 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5060
5061 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5062 buffer next time. */
5063 message_buf_print = 0;
5064 }
5065 }
5066 }
5067
5068
5069 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5070 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5071
5072 /* VARARGS 1 */
5073 void
5074 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
5075 char *m;
5076 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5077 {
5078 if (noninteractive)
5079 {
5080 if (m)
5081 {
5082 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5083 putc ('\n', stderr);
5084 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5085 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
5086 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5087 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5088 fflush (stderr);
5089 }
5090 }
5091 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5092 {
5093 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5094 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5095 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5096 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5097 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5098
5099 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5100 that the selected frame is using. */
5101 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5102 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5103
5104 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5105 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5106 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5107 it. */
5108 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5109 {
5110 if (m)
5111 {
5112 int len;
5113 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
5114 char *a[3];
5115 a[0] = (char *) a1;
5116 a[1] = (char *) a2;
5117 a[2] = (char *) a3;
5118
5119 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5120 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5121 #else
5122 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5123 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
5124 (char **) &a1);
5125 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
5126
5127 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
5128 }
5129 else
5130 message1 (0);
5131
5132 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5133 buffer next time. */
5134 message_buf_print = 0;
5135 }
5136 }
5137 }
5138
5139
5140 /* The non-logging version of message. */
5141
5142 void
5143 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
5144 char *m;
5145 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5146 {
5147 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
5148 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
5149 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
5150 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
5151 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
5152 }
5153
5154
5155 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
5156 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
5157 critical. */
5158
5159 void
5160 update_echo_area ()
5161 {
5162 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5163 {
5164 Lisp_Object string;
5165 string = Fcurrent_message ();
5166 message3 (string, XSTRING (string)->size,
5167 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
5168 }
5169 }
5170
5171
5172 /* Call FN with args A1..A5 with either the current or last displayed
5173 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
5174
5175 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
5176 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
5177 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5178
5179 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
5180 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5181
5182 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
5183 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
5184 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
5185
5186 Value is what FN returns. */
5187
5188 static int
5189 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5)
5190 struct window *w;
5191 int which;
5192 int (*fn) ();
5193 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5;
5194 {
5195 Lisp_Object buffer;
5196 int i, this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
5197 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
5198
5199 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
5200 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
5201 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
5202 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
5203 {
5204 char name[30];
5205 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
5206 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
5207 }
5208
5209 clear_buffer_p = 0;
5210
5211 if (which == 0)
5212 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5213 else if (which > 0)
5214 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
5215 else
5216 {
5217 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5218 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5219
5220 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
5221 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
5222 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
5223 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
5224 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
5225 }
5226
5227 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
5228 have one. */
5229 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
5230 {
5231 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
5232 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
5233 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
5234 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
5235 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5236 }
5237
5238 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
5239
5240 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
5241 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
5242
5243 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
5244 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
5245 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
5246 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
5247 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
5248 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
5249 aborts. */
5250 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5251 if (w)
5252 {
5253 w->buffer = buffer;
5254 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5255 }
5256 current_buffer->truncate_lines = Qnil;
5257 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5258 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
5259
5260 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
5261 del_range (BEG, Z);
5262
5263 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5264 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5265
5266 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4, a5);
5267
5268 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5269 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5270
5271 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
5272 return rc;
5273 }
5274
5275
5276 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
5277 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
5278
5279 static Lisp_Object
5280 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
5281 struct window *w;
5282 {
5283 int i = 0;
5284 Lisp_Object vector;
5285
5286 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
5287 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
5288 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
5289 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
5290
5291 if (NILP (vector))
5292 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
5293
5294 XSETBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], current_buffer); ++i;
5295 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Vdeactivate_mark;
5296 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed);
5297
5298 if (w)
5299 {
5300 XSETWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], w); ++i;
5301 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = w->buffer;
5302 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5303 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
5304 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5305 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos);
5306 }
5307 else
5308 {
5309 int end = i + 4;
5310 while (i < end)
5311 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Qnil;
5312 }
5313
5314 xassert (i == XVECTOR (vector)->size);
5315 return vector;
5316 }
5317
5318
5319 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
5320 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
5321
5322 static Lisp_Object
5323 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
5324 Lisp_Object vector;
5325 {
5326 int i = 0;
5327
5328 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i])); ++i;
5329 Vdeactivate_mark = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5330 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]); ++i;
5331
5332 if (WINDOWP (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]))
5333 {
5334 struct window *w;
5335 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
5336
5337 w = XWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]); ++i;
5338 buffer = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5339 charpos = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5340 bytepos = XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i]; ++i;
5341
5342 w->buffer = buffer;
5343 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
5344 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
5345 }
5346
5347 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
5348 return Qnil;
5349 }
5350
5351
5352 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
5353 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
5354
5355 void
5356 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
5357 int multibyte_p;
5358 {
5359 if (!message_buf_print)
5360 {
5361 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
5362 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
5363 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
5364 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
5365 else
5366 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
5367
5368 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
5369 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
5370 if (Z > BEG)
5371 del_range (BEG, Z);
5372 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5373
5374 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
5375 if (multibyte_p
5376 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5377 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
5378
5379 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
5380 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5381 {
5382 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5383 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5384 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5385 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5386 }
5387
5388 message_buf_print = 1;
5389 }
5390 else if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5391 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
5392 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
5393 }
5394
5395
5396 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
5397 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
5398 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
5399 display the current message. */
5400
5401 static int
5402 display_echo_area (w)
5403 struct window *w;
5404 {
5405 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p;
5406
5407 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
5408 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
5409 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
5410 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
5411 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
5412 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
5413
5414 window_height_changed_p
5415 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
5416 (int (*) ()) display_echo_area_1, w);
5417
5418 if (no_message_p)
5419 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
5420
5421 return window_height_changed_p;
5422 }
5423
5424
5425 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
5426 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window.
5427 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
5428 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
5429
5430 static int
5431 display_echo_area_1 (w)
5432 struct window *w;
5433 {
5434 Lisp_Object window;
5435 struct text_pos start;
5436 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5437
5438 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
5439 matrix for the display. */
5440 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
5441
5442 /* Display. */
5443 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
5444 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
5445 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5446 try_window (window, start);
5447
5448 return window_height_changed_p;
5449 }
5450
5451
5452 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
5453 currently displayed message, if there is one. */
5454
5455 void
5456 resize_echo_area_axactly ()
5457 {
5458 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
5459 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
5460 {
5461 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
5462 int resized_p;
5463
5464 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0,
5465 (int (*) ()) resize_mini_window,
5466 w, 1);
5467 if (resized_p)
5468 {
5469 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
5470 ++update_mode_lines;
5471 redisplay_internal (0);
5472 }
5473 }
5474 }
5475
5476
5477 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
5478 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
5479 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
5480 the window height has been changed. */
5481
5482 int
5483 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
5484 struct window *w;
5485 int exact_p;
5486 {
5487 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5488 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5489
5490 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
5491
5492 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
5493 if (NILP (Vmax_mini_window_height)
5494 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
5495 return 0;
5496
5497 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
5498 {
5499 struct it it;
5500 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
5501 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
5502 int height, max_height;
5503 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
5504 struct text_pos start;
5505
5506 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
5507
5508 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
5509 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
5510 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * total_height;
5511 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
5512 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
5513 else
5514 max_height = total_height / 4;
5515
5516 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
5517 max_height = max (1, max_height);
5518 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
5519
5520 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
5521 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5522 height = (unit - 1 + it.current_y + last_height) / unit;
5523 height = max (1, height);
5524
5525 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
5526 if (height > max_height)
5527 {
5528 height = max_height;
5529 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
5530 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
5531 start = it.current.pos;
5532 }
5533 else
5534 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
5535 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
5536
5537 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
5538 case the window shrinks again. */
5539 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
5540 {
5541 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
5542 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
5543 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
5544 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
5545 }
5546 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
5547 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
5548 {
5549 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
5550 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
5551 shrink_mini_window (w);
5552 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
5553 }
5554 }
5555
5556 return window_height_changed_p;
5557 }
5558
5559
5560 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
5561 current message. */
5562
5563 Lisp_Object
5564 current_message ()
5565 {
5566 Lisp_Object msg;
5567
5568 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5569 msg = Qnil;
5570 else
5571 {
5572 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, (int (*) ()) current_message_1, &msg);
5573 if (NILP (msg))
5574 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5575 }
5576
5577 return msg;
5578 }
5579
5580
5581 static int
5582 current_message_1 (msg)
5583 Lisp_Object *msg;
5584 {
5585 if (Z > BEG)
5586 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
5587 else
5588 *msg = Qnil;
5589 return 0;
5590 }
5591
5592
5593 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
5594 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
5595 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
5596 worth optimizing. */
5597
5598 int
5599 push_message ()
5600 {
5601 Lisp_Object msg;
5602 msg = current_message ();
5603 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
5604 return STRINGP (msg);
5605 }
5606
5607
5608 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
5609
5610 void
5611 restore_message ()
5612 {
5613 Lisp_Object msg;
5614
5615 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
5616 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
5617 if (STRINGP (msg))
5618 message3_nolog (msg, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
5619 else
5620 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
5621 }
5622
5623
5624 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
5625
5626 void
5627 pop_message ()
5628 {
5629 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
5630 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
5631 }
5632
5633
5634 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
5635 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
5636 somewhere. */
5637
5638 void
5639 check_message_stack ()
5640 {
5641 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
5642 abort ();
5643 }
5644
5645
5646 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
5647 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
5648
5649 void
5650 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
5651 int nchars;
5652 {
5653 if (nchars == 0)
5654 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5655 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5656 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5657 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5658 else if (!noninteractive
5659 && INTERACTIVE
5660 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5661 {
5662 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5663 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5664 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, (int (*) ()) truncate_message_1, nchars);
5665 }
5666 }
5667
5668
5669 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
5670 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
5671
5672 static int
5673 truncate_message_1 (nchars)
5674 int nchars;
5675 {
5676 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
5677 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
5678 if (Z == BEG)
5679 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5680 return 0;
5681 }
5682
5683
5684 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
5685
5686 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
5687 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
5688 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
5689
5690 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
5691 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
5692 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
5693
5694 void
5695 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
5696 char *s;
5697 Lisp_Object string;
5698 int nbytes;
5699 {
5700 message_enable_multibyte
5701 = ((s && multibyte_p)
5702 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
5703
5704 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, (int (*) ()) set_message_1,
5705 s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
5706 message_buf_print = 0;
5707 }
5708
5709
5710 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
5711 as there. This function is called with the echo area buffer being
5712 current. */
5713
5714 static int
5715 set_message_1 (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
5716 char *s;
5717 Lisp_Object string;
5718 int nbytes, multibyte_p;
5719 {
5720 xassert (BEG == Z);
5721
5722 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
5723 if (message_enable_multibyte
5724 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5725 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
5726
5727 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
5728 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5729
5730 if (STRINGP (string))
5731 {
5732 int nchars;
5733
5734 if (nbytes == 0)
5735 nbytes = XSTRING (string)->size_byte;
5736 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
5737
5738 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
5739 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
5740 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
5741 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
5742 }
5743 else if (s)
5744 {
5745 if (nbytes == 0)
5746 nbytes = strlen (s);
5747
5748 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5749 {
5750 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
5751 int i, c, n;
5752 unsigned char work[1];
5753
5754 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
5755 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
5756 {
5757 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
5758 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5759 ? c
5760 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5761 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5762 }
5763 }
5764 else if (!multibyte_p
5765 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5766 {
5767 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
5768 int i, c, n;
5769 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
5770 unsigned char *str, work[4];
5771
5772 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
5773 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
5774 {
5775 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5776 n = CHAR_STRING (c, work, str);
5777 insert_1_both (work, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
5778 }
5779 }
5780 else
5781 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5782 }
5783
5784 return 0;
5785 }
5786
5787
5788 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
5789 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
5790 last displayed. */
5791
5792 void
5793 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
5794 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
5795 {
5796 if (current_p)
5797 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
5798
5799 if (last_displayed_p)
5800 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
5801
5802 message_buf_print = 0;
5803 }
5804
5805 /* Clear garbaged frames.
5806
5807 This function is used where the old redisplay called
5808 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
5809 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
5810 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
5811 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
5812 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
5813
5814 static void
5815 clear_garbaged_frames ()
5816 {
5817 if (frame_garbaged)
5818 {
5819 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
5820
5821 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
5822 {
5823 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
5824
5825 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5826 {
5827 clear_current_matrices (f);
5828 f->garbaged = 0;
5829 }
5830 }
5831
5832 frame_garbaged = 0;
5833 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
5834 }
5835 }
5836
5837
5838 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
5839 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
5840 mini-windows height has been changed. */
5841
5842 static int
5843 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
5844 int update_frame_p;
5845 {
5846 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5847 struct window *w;
5848 struct frame *f;
5849 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
5850 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5851
5852 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5853 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
5854 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
5855
5856 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
5857 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
5858 return 0;
5859
5860 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
5861 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
5862 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
5863 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
5864 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
5865 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
5866 return 0;
5867 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
5868
5869 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
5870 if (frame_garbaged)
5871 clear_garbaged_frames ();
5872
5873 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
5874 {
5875 echo_area_window = mini_window;
5876 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
5877 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
5878
5879 if (update_frame_p)
5880 {
5881 /* Not called from redisplay_internal. If we changed
5882 window configuration, we must redisplay thoroughly.
5883 Otherwise, we can do with updating what we displayed
5884 above. */
5885 if (window_height_changed_p)
5886 {
5887 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
5888 ++update_mode_lines;
5889 redisplay_internal (0);
5890 }
5891 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
5892 {
5893 update_single_window (w, 1);
5894 rif->flush_display (f);
5895 }
5896 else
5897 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
5898 }
5899 }
5900 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
5901 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
5902
5903 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
5904 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
5905
5906 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
5907 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
5908 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
5909 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
5910 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
5911
5912 return window_height_changed_p;
5913 }
5914
5915
5916 \f
5917 /***********************************************************************
5918 Frame Titles
5919 ***********************************************************************/
5920
5921
5922 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
5923
5924 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
5925 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
5926
5927 static char *frame_title_buf;
5928
5929 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
5930
5931 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
5932 static char *frame_title_ptr;
5933
5934
5935 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
5936 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
5937
5938 static void
5939 store_frame_title_char (c)
5940 char c;
5941 {
5942 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
5943 double the buffer's size. */
5944 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
5945 {
5946 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
5947 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
5948 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
5949 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
5950 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
5951 }
5952
5953 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
5954 }
5955
5956
5957 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
5958 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy more
5959 than PRECISION number of bytes from STR; PRECISION <= 0 means copy
5960 the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH number of
5961 characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
5962 Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a frame
5963 title. */
5964
5965 static int
5966 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
5967 unsigned char *str;
5968 int field_width, precision;
5969 {
5970 int n = 0;
5971
5972 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
5973 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
5974 && *str)
5975 {
5976 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
5977 ++n;
5978 }
5979
5980 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
5981 while (field_width > 0
5982 && n < field_width)
5983 {
5984 store_frame_title_char (' ');
5985 ++n;
5986 }
5987
5988 return n;
5989 }
5990
5991
5992 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
5993 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
5994 frame_title_format. */
5995
5996 static void
5997 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
5998 Lisp_Object frame;
5999 {
6000 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6001
6002 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6003 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
6004 || f->explicit_name)
6005 {
6006 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
6007 Lisp_Object tail;
6008 Lisp_Object fmt;
6009 struct buffer *obuf;
6010 int len;
6011 struct it it;
6012
6013 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
6014 {
6015 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
6016
6017 if (tf != f
6018 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
6019 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
6020 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
6021 break;
6022 }
6023
6024 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
6025 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
6026
6027 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
6028 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
6029 then display the title. */
6030 obuf = current_buffer;
6031 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer);
6032 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
6033 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
6034 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
6035 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6036 len = display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt);
6037 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
6038 set_buffer_internal (obuf);
6039
6040 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
6041 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
6042 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
6043 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
6044 higher level than this.) */
6045 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
6046 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f->name)) != len
6047 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, XSTRING (f->name)->data, len) != 0)
6048 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
6049 }
6050 }
6051
6052 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6053
6054 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
6055 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
6056
6057 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6058
6059
6060
6061 \f
6062 /***********************************************************************
6063 Menu Bars
6064 ***********************************************************************/
6065
6066
6067 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
6068 appropriate. This can call eval. */
6069
6070 void
6071 prepare_menu_bars ()
6072 {
6073 int all_windows;
6074 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6075 struct frame *f;
6076 struct frame *tooltip_frame;
6077
6078 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
6079 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
6080 #else
6081 tooltip_frame = NULL;
6082 #endif
6083
6084 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
6085 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
6086 up-to-date frame titles. */
6087 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6088 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
6089 {
6090 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6091
6092 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6093 {
6094 f = XFRAME (frame);
6095 if (f != tooltip_frame
6096 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
6097 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
6098 }
6099 }
6100 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6101
6102 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
6103 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
6104 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
6105 || buffer_shared > 1
6106 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
6107 if (all_windows)
6108 {
6109 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6110 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6111
6112 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6113
6114 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6115 {
6116 f = XFRAME (frame);
6117
6118 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
6119 if (f == tooltip_frame)
6120 continue;
6121
6122 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
6123 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
6124 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
6125 {
6126 Lisp_Object functions;
6127
6128 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
6129 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
6130 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
6131 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
6132
6133 while (CONSP (functions))
6134 {
6135 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
6136 functions = XCDR (functions);
6137 }
6138 UNGCPRO;
6139 }
6140
6141 GCPRO1 (tail);
6142 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
6143 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6144 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
6145 #endif
6146 UNGCPRO;
6147 }
6148
6149 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6150 }
6151 else
6152 {
6153 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6154 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
6155 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6156 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
6157 #endif
6158 }
6159
6160 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
6161 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
6162 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6163 pending_menu_activation = 0;
6164 #endif
6165 }
6166
6167
6168 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6169 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
6170 eval.
6171
6172 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
6173
6174 static void
6175 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
6176 struct frame *f;
6177 int save_match_data;
6178 {
6179 Lisp_Object window;
6180 register struct window *w;
6181
6182 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6183 w = XWINDOW (window);
6184
6185 if (update_mode_lines)
6186 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6187
6188 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6189 ?
6190 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
6191 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
6192 #else
6193 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
6194 #endif
6195 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
6196 {
6197 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6198 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6199 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6200 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
6201 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
6202 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
6203 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
6204 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
6205 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
6206 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6207 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6208 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
6209 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
6210 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
6211 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
6212 {
6213 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
6214 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6215
6216 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6217 if (save_match_data)
6218 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6219 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
6220 {
6221 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
6222 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
6223 }
6224
6225 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
6226 call1 (Vrun_hooks, Qactivate_menubar_hook);
6227
6228 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
6229 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
6230 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
6231 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
6232
6233 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
6234 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
6235
6236 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
6237 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
6238 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
6239 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
6240 else
6241 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
6242 line, and this makes it get updated. */
6243 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6244 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
6245 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
6246 line, and this makes it get updated. */
6247 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6248 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
6249
6250 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6251 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
6252 }
6253 }
6254 }
6255
6256
6257 \f
6258 /***********************************************************************
6259 Tool-bars
6260 ***********************************************************************/
6261
6262 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6263
6264 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6265 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
6266 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
6267 and restore it here. */
6268
6269 static void
6270 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
6271 struct frame *f;
6272 int save_match_data;
6273 {
6274 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
6275 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
6276 {
6277 Lisp_Object window;
6278 struct window *w;
6279
6280 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6281 w = XWINDOW (window);
6282
6283 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6284 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6285 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6286 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
6287 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
6288 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
6289 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
6290 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
6291 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
6292 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6293 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6294 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
6295 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
6296 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
6297 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
6298 {
6299 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
6300 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
6301
6302 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
6303 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
6304 keymaps. */
6305 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6306
6307 /* Save match data, if we must. */
6308 if (save_match_data)
6309 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6310
6311 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
6312 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
6313 {
6314 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
6315 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
6316 }
6317
6318 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
6319 f->desired_tool_bar_items
6320 = tool_bar_items (f->desired_tool_bar_items,
6321 &f->n_desired_tool_bar_items);
6322
6323 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
6324 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6325
6326 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6327 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
6328 }
6329 }
6330 }
6331
6332
6333 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
6334 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->desired_tool_bar_items must have
6335 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
6336
6337 static void
6338 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
6339 struct frame *f;
6340 {
6341 int i, size, size_needed, string_idx;
6342 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
6343 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
6344
6345 image = plist = props = Qnil;
6346 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
6347
6348 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
6349 Otherwise, make a new string. */
6350
6351 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
6352 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
6353 ? XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size
6354 : 0);
6355
6356 /* Each image in the string we build is preceded by a space,
6357 and there is a space at the end. */
6358 size_needed = f->n_desired_tool_bar_items + 1;
6359
6360 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
6361 if (size < size_needed)
6362 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed), ' ');
6363 else
6364 {
6365 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
6366 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
6367 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
6368 }
6369
6370 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
6371 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
6372 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
6373 for (i = 0, string_idx = 0;
6374 i < f->n_desired_tool_bar_items;
6375 ++i, string_idx += 1)
6376 {
6377 #define PROP(IDX) \
6378 (XVECTOR (f->desired_tool_bar_items) \
6379 ->contents[i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX)])
6380
6381 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
6382 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
6383 int margin, relief;
6384 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCalgorithm, Qimage;
6385 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace;
6386
6387 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
6388 button state. */
6389 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
6390 if (VECTORP (image))
6391 {
6392 enum tool_bar_item_image idx;
6393
6394 if (enabled_p)
6395 idx = (selected_p
6396 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
6397 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
6398 else
6399 idx = (selected_p
6400 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
6401 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
6402
6403 xassert (XVECTOR (image)->size >= idx);
6404 image = XVECTOR (image)->contents[idx];
6405 }
6406
6407 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
6408 if (!valid_image_p (image))
6409 continue;
6410
6411 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
6412 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
6413
6414 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
6415 relief = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3;
6416 margin = relief + max (0, tool_bar_button_margin);
6417
6418 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
6419 {
6420 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
6421 selected. */
6422 if (selected_p)
6423 {
6424 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
6425 margin -= relief;
6426 }
6427 }
6428 else
6429 {
6430 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
6431 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
6432 raised relief. */
6433 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
6434 (selected_p
6435 ? make_number (-relief)
6436 : make_number (relief)));
6437 margin -= relief;
6438 }
6439
6440 /* Put a margin around the image. */
6441 if (margin)
6442 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (margin));
6443
6444 /* If button is not enabled, make the image appear disabled by
6445 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
6446 if (!enabled_p)
6447 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCalgorithm, Qlaplace);
6448
6449 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
6450 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
6451 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
6452 vector. */
6453 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
6454 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
6455 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS)),
6456 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (string_idx),
6457 make_number (string_idx + 1),
6458 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
6459 #undef PROP
6460 }
6461
6462 UNGCPRO;
6463 }
6464
6465
6466 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
6467
6468 static void
6469 display_tool_bar_line (it)
6470 struct it *it;
6471 {
6472 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
6473 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
6474 struct glyph *last;
6475
6476 prepare_desired_row (row);
6477 row->y = it->current_y;
6478
6479 while (it->current_x < max_x)
6480 {
6481 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
6482
6483 /* Get the next display element. */
6484 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
6485 break;
6486
6487 /* Produce glyphs. */
6488 x_before = it->current_x;
6489 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
6490 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
6491
6492 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
6493 i = 0;
6494 x = x_before;
6495 while (i < nglyphs)
6496 {
6497 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
6498
6499 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
6500 {
6501 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
6502 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
6503 it->current_x = x;
6504 goto out;
6505 }
6506
6507 ++it->hpos;
6508 x += glyph->pixel_width;
6509 ++i;
6510 }
6511
6512 /* Stop at line ends. */
6513 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
6514 break;
6515
6516 set_iterator_to_next (it);
6517 }
6518
6519 out:;
6520
6521 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
6522 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
6523 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
6524 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
6525 compute_line_metrics (it);
6526
6527 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
6528 if (!row->displays_text_p)
6529 {
6530 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
6531 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
6532 }
6533
6534 row->full_width_p = 1;
6535 row->continued_p = 0;
6536 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
6537 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
6538
6539 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
6540 it->current_y += row->height;
6541 ++it->vpos;
6542 ++it->glyph_row;
6543 }
6544
6545
6546 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
6547 items of frame F visible. */
6548
6549 static int
6550 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
6551 struct frame *f;
6552 {
6553 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
6554 struct it it;
6555
6556 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
6557 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
6558 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
6559 it.first_visible_x = 0;
6560 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
6561 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
6562
6563 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
6564 {
6565 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
6566 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
6567 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
6568 }
6569
6570 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6571 }
6572
6573
6574 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
6575 height should be changed. */
6576
6577 static int
6578 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
6579 struct frame *f;
6580 {
6581 struct window *w;
6582 struct it it;
6583 struct glyph_row *row;
6584 int change_height_p = 0;
6585
6586 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
6587 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
6588 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
6589 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
6590 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
6591 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
6592 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
6593 return 0;
6594
6595 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
6596 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
6597 it.first_visible_x = 0;
6598 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
6599 row = it.glyph_row;
6600
6601 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
6602 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
6603 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
6604
6605 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
6606 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
6607 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
6608
6609 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
6610 window, so don't do it. */
6611 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
6612 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6613
6614 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
6615 {
6616 int nlines;
6617
6618 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
6619 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
6620 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
6621 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
6622 if (!row->displays_text_p
6623 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
6624 change_height_p = 1;
6625
6626 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
6627 change the tool-bar's height. */
6628 if (row->displays_text_p
6629 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
6630 change_height_p = 1;
6631
6632 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
6633 frame parameter. */
6634 if (change_height_p
6635 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
6636 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
6637 {
6638 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
6639 Lisp_Object frame;
6640
6641 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
6642 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6643 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
6644 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
6645 make_number (nlines)),
6646 Qnil));
6647 fonts_changed_p = 1;
6648 }
6649 }
6650
6651 return change_height_p;
6652 }
6653
6654
6655 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
6656 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
6657 properties start in F->current_tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
6658 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
6659
6660 int
6661 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
6662 struct frame *f;
6663 struct glyph *glyph;
6664 int *prop_idx;
6665 {
6666 Lisp_Object prop;
6667 int success_p;
6668
6669 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
6670 property is the start index of this item's properties in
6671 F->current_tool_bar_items. */
6672 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6673 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
6674 if (INTEGERP (prop))
6675 {
6676 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
6677 success_p = 1;
6678 }
6679 else
6680 success_p = 0;
6681
6682 return success_p;
6683 }
6684
6685 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6686
6687
6688 \f
6689 /************************************************************************
6690 Horizontal scrolling
6691 ************************************************************************/
6692
6693 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
6694 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
6695
6696 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
6697 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
6698 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
6699 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
6700 changed. */
6701
6702 static int
6703 hscroll_window_tree (window)
6704 Lisp_Object window;
6705 {
6706 int hscrolled_p = 0;
6707
6708 while (WINDOWP (window))
6709 {
6710 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
6711
6712 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
6713 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
6714 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
6715 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
6716 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
6717 {
6718 int hscroll_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
6719 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
6720 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
6721 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
6722 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
6723 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
6724 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
6725 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
6726 ? desired_cursor_row
6727 : current_cursor_row);
6728
6729 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
6730 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
6731
6732 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
6733 hscroll_margin = 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
6734
6735 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
6736 && w->cursor.x < hscroll_margin)
6737 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
6738 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
6739 && (w->cursor.x > text_area_width - hscroll_margin)))
6740 {
6741 struct it it;
6742 int hscroll;
6743 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
6744 int pt;
6745
6746 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
6747 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6748 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
6749
6750 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
6751 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
6752 else
6753 {
6754 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
6755 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
6756 pt = min (ZV, pt);
6757 }
6758
6759 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
6760 a line with infinite width. */
6761 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
6762 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
6763 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6764 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
6765
6766 /* Center cursor in window. */
6767 hscroll = (max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
6768 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f));
6769
6770 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
6771 changed because it will prevent redisplay
6772 optimizations. */
6773 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
6774 {
6775 Fset_window_hscroll (window, make_number (hscroll));
6776 hscrolled_p = 1;
6777 }
6778 }
6779 }
6780
6781 window = w->next;
6782 }
6783
6784 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
6785 return hscrolled_p;
6786 }
6787
6788
6789 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
6790 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
6791 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
6792 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
6793 of WINDOW are cleared. */
6794
6795 static int
6796 hscroll_windows (window)
6797 Lisp_Object window;
6798 {
6799 int hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
6800 if (hscrolled_p)
6801 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
6802 return hscrolled_p;
6803 }
6804
6805
6806 \f
6807 /************************************************************************
6808 Redisplay
6809 ************************************************************************/
6810
6811 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
6812 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
6813 session. */
6814
6815 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
6816
6817 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
6818
6819 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
6820 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
6821
6822 /* Delta vpos and y. */
6823
6824 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
6825
6826 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
6827
6828 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
6829
6830 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
6831 try_window_id. */
6832
6833 int debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
6834
6835 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
6836 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
6837 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
6838 resulting string to stderr. */
6839
6840 static void
6841 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
6842 struct window *w;
6843 char *fmt;
6844 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
6845 {
6846 char buffer[512];
6847 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
6848 int len = strlen (method);
6849 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
6850 int remaining = size - len - 1;
6851
6852 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
6853 if (len && remaining)
6854 {
6855 method[len] = '|';
6856 --remaining, ++len;
6857 }
6858
6859 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
6860
6861 if (trace_redisplay_p)
6862 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
6863 w,
6864 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
6865 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
6866 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data
6867 : "no buffer"),
6868 buffer);
6869 }
6870
6871 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
6872
6873
6874 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
6875 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
6876 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
6877 cleared. */
6878
6879 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
6880 static int clear_face_cache_count;
6881
6882 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
6883
6884 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
6885
6886 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
6887
6888 int redisplaying_p;
6889
6890
6891 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
6892 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
6893 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
6894 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
6895
6896 static INLINE int
6897 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
6898 struct window *w;
6899 int start, end;
6900 {
6901 int unchanged_p = 1;
6902
6903 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
6904 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
6905 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
6906 {
6907 /* Gap in the line? */
6908 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
6909 unchanged_p = 0;
6910
6911 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
6912 if (unchanged_p
6913 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
6914 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
6915 unchanged_p = 0;
6916
6917 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
6918 beginning of the line. */
6919 if (unchanged_p
6920 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
6921 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
6922 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
6923 unchanged_p = 0;
6924 }
6925
6926 return unchanged_p;
6927 }
6928
6929
6930 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
6931 the main external entry point for redisplay.
6932
6933 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
6934 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
6935 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
6936
6937 void
6938 redisplay ()
6939 {
6940 redisplay_internal (0);
6941 }
6942
6943
6944 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
6945 in window W. */
6946
6947 static INLINE void
6948 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
6949 struct window *w;
6950 struct buffer *b;
6951 {
6952 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
6953 b->clip_changed = 1;
6954 else if (b->clip_changed
6955 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
6956 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
6957 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
6958 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
6959 b->clip_changed = 0;
6960 }
6961
6962
6963 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
6964 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
6965 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
6966 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
6967 causes some problems. */
6968
6969 static void
6970 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
6971 int preserve_echo_area;
6972 {
6973 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
6974 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6975 int pause;
6976 int must_finish = 0;
6977 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
6978 int number_of_visible_frames;
6979 int count;
6980 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6981
6982 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
6983 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
6984 int consider_all_windows_p;
6985
6986 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
6987
6988 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
6989 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
6990 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
6991 if (noninteractive
6992 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
6993 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6994 return;
6995
6996 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
6997 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
6998 update necessary. */
6999 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
7000 {
7001 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
7002 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7003 return;
7004 }
7005
7006 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7007 if (popup_activated ())
7008 return;
7009 #endif
7010
7011 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
7012 if (redisplaying_p)
7013 return;
7014
7015 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
7016 when we leave this function. */
7017 count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
7018 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
7019 ++redisplaying_p;
7020
7021 retry:
7022
7023 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
7024
7025 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
7026 necessary, do it. */
7027 if (fonts_changed_p)
7028 {
7029 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
7030 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7031 fonts_changed_p = 0;
7032 }
7033
7034 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
7035 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
7036 {
7037 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
7038 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
7039 thing. */
7040 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7041 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
7042 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
7043 }
7044 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
7045
7046 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
7047 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
7048 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
7049 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
7050 {
7051 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7052
7053 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
7054
7055 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7056 {
7057 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7058
7059 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
7060 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
7061 ++number_of_visible_frames;
7062 clear_desired_matrices (f);
7063 }
7064 }
7065
7066 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
7067 do_pending_window_change (1);
7068
7069 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
7070 if (frame_garbaged)
7071 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7072
7073 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
7074 prepare_menu_bars ();
7075
7076 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
7077 update_mode_lines++;
7078
7079 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
7080 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7081 {
7082 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7083 if (buffer_shared > 1)
7084 update_mode_lines++;
7085 }
7086
7087 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
7088 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
7089 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
7090 where no change is needed. */
7091 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
7092 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
7093 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7094 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
7095 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7096
7097 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
7098
7099 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
7100 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
7101 there. */
7102 consider_all_windows_p = update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1;
7103
7104 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
7105 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
7106 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
7107 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
7108 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
7109
7110 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
7111 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
7112 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
7113 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
7114 the echo area should be cleared. */
7115 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
7116 {
7117 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
7118 must_finish = 1;
7119
7120 if (fonts_changed_p)
7121 goto retry;
7122 else if (window_height_changed_p)
7123 {
7124 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
7125 ++update_mode_lines;
7126 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7127
7128 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
7129 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
7130 surprises wrt scrolling. */
7131 if (frame_garbaged)
7132 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7133 }
7134 }
7135 else if (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
7136 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
7137 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7138 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7139 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
7140 {
7141 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
7142 showing if its contents might have changed. */
7143 must_finish = 1;
7144 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
7145 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7146 ++update_mode_lines;
7147
7148 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
7149 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
7150 surprises wrt scrolling. */
7151 if (frame_garbaged)
7152 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7153 }
7154
7155
7156 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
7157 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
7158 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
7159 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7160 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7161 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
7162 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
7163 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
7164 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
7165 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7166
7167 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
7168 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
7169 set in display_line and record information about the line
7170 containing the cursor. */
7171 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
7172 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
7173 if (!consider_all_windows_p
7174 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
7175 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7176 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
7177 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
7178 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
7179 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
7180 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
7181 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7182 && NILP (w->force_start)
7183 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
7184 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
7185 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7186 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
7187 must be unchanged */
7188 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
7189 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
7190 {
7191 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
7192 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
7193 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
7194 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
7195 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
7196 goto cancel;
7197 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7198 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
7199 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
7200 {
7201 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
7202 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
7203 line 885).
7204
7205 For instance, in the following case:
7206
7207 -------- Insert --------
7208 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
7209 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
7210 ^^ ^^
7211 -------- --------
7212
7213 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
7214
7215 struct it it;
7216 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
7217
7218 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
7219 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
7220 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
7221
7222 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
7223 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
7224 goto cancel;
7225
7226 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
7227 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
7228 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
7229 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
7230 it.current_y = this_line_y;
7231 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
7232 display_line (&it);
7233
7234 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
7235 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
7236 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
7237 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
7238 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
7239 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
7240 /* Line ends as before. */
7241 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7242 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
7243 would have to be shifted up or down. */
7244 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
7245 {
7246 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
7247 the charstarts of the lines below. */
7248 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7249 {
7250 struct glyph_row *row
7251 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
7252 int delta, delta_bytes;
7253
7254 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
7255 {
7256 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
7257 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
7258 delta = (Z
7259 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7260 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
7261 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
7262 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
7263 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
7264 }
7265 else
7266 {
7267 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
7268 account of the newline and the rest of the
7269 text that follows. */
7270 delta = (Z
7271 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
7272 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
7273 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
7274 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
7275 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
7276 }
7277
7278 increment_glyph_matrix_buffer_positions (w->current_matrix,
7279 this_line_vpos + 1,
7280 w->current_matrix->nrows,
7281 delta, delta_bytes);
7282 }
7283
7284 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
7285 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
7286 adjusted. */
7287 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
7288 {
7289 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
7290 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
7291 }
7292 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
7293 && this_line_vpos > 0)
7294 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
7295 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
7296
7297 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
7298 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7299
7300 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7301 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
7302 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
7303 #endif
7304 goto update;
7305 }
7306 else
7307 goto cancel;
7308 }
7309 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
7310 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
7311 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
7312 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
7313 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
7314 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
7315 {
7316 if (!must_finish)
7317 {
7318 do_pending_window_change (1);
7319
7320 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
7321 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
7322 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
7323 goto end_of_redisplay;
7324 }
7325 goto update;
7326 }
7327 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
7328 then we can't just move the cursor. */
7329 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7330 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
7331 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
7332 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
7333 && NILP (w->region_showing)
7334 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
7335 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
7336 {
7337 struct it it;
7338 struct glyph_row *row;
7339
7340 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
7341 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
7342 next visible position. */
7343 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
7344 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
7345 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
7346 it.current_y = this_line_y;
7347 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
7348
7349 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
7350 moves over before-strings. */
7351 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7352
7353 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
7354 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
7355 row->enabled_p))
7356 {
7357 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
7358 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
7359 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
7360 goto update;
7361 }
7362 else
7363 goto cancel;
7364 }
7365
7366 cancel:
7367 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
7368 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
7369 }
7370
7371 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7372 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
7373 ++clear_face_cache_count;
7374
7375
7376 /* Build desired matrices. If consider_all_windows_p is non-zero,
7377 do it for all windows on all frames. Otherwise do it for
7378 selected_window, only. */
7379
7380 if (consider_all_windows_p)
7381 {
7382 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7383
7384 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
7385 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
7386 {
7387 clear_face_cache (0);
7388 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
7389 }
7390
7391 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
7392 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
7393 buffer_shared = 0;
7394
7395 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7396 {
7397 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7398 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
7399 {
7400 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
7401 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
7402 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
7403 (*condemn_scroll_bars_hook) (f);
7404
7405 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
7406 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
7407
7408 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
7409 nuked should now go away. */
7410 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
7411 (*judge_scroll_bars_hook) (f);
7412 }
7413 }
7414 }
7415 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
7416 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
7417 redisplay_window (selected_window, 1);
7418
7419
7420 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
7421
7422 update:
7423
7424 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
7425 if (fonts_changed_p)
7426 goto retry;
7427
7428 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
7429 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
7430 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
7431 if (interrupt_input)
7432 unrequest_sigio ();
7433 stop_polling ();
7434
7435 if (consider_all_windows_p)
7436 {
7437 Lisp_Object tail;
7438 struct frame *f;
7439 int hscrolled_p;
7440
7441 pause = 0;
7442 hscrolled_p = 0;
7443
7444 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
7445 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
7446 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail)))
7447 {
7448 f = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
7449
7450 if ((FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7451 || f == sf)
7452 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
7453 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f)
7454 && hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
7455 hscrolled_p = 1;
7456 }
7457
7458 if (hscrolled_p)
7459 goto retry;
7460
7461 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
7462 {
7463 if (!FRAMEP (XCAR (tail)))
7464 continue;
7465
7466 f = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
7467
7468 if ((FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
7469 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
7470 {
7471 /* Mark all windows as to be updated. */
7472 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
7473 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
7474 if (!pause)
7475 {
7476 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
7477 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
7478 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
7479 }
7480 }
7481 }
7482 }
7483 else
7484 {
7485 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
7486 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
7487 {
7488 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7489 goto retry;
7490
7491 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7492 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
7493 }
7494 else
7495 pause = 0;
7496
7497 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
7498 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
7499 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
7500 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
7501 it here. */
7502 {
7503 Lisp_Object mini_window;
7504 struct frame *mini_frame;
7505
7506 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
7507 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
7508
7509 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
7510 {
7511 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7512 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
7513 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
7514 goto retry;
7515 }
7516 }
7517 }
7518
7519 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
7520 thorough update the next time. */
7521 if (pause)
7522 {
7523 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
7524 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
7525 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
7526 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7527
7528 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
7529 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
7530 {
7531 last_arrow_position = Qt;
7532 last_arrow_string = Qt;
7533 }
7534
7535 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
7536 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
7537 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
7538 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
7539 update_mode_lines = 1;
7540 }
7541
7542 /* Now text on frame agrees with windows, so put info into the
7543 windows for partial redisplay to follow. */
7544 if (!pause)
7545 {
7546 register struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7547
7548 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
7549 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
7550 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
7551 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
7552
7553 if (consider_all_windows_p)
7554 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (sf), 1);
7555 else
7556 {
7557 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, BUF_PT (b));
7558 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
7559 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
7560
7561 b->clip_changed = 0;
7562 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
7563 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
7564 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, BUF_MODIFF (b));
7565 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b));
7566 w->last_had_star
7567 = (BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7568 ? Qt : Qnil);
7569
7570 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
7571 update it fully at next redisplay. */
7572 w->region_showing = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7573 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
7574 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
7575 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active)
7576 ? Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark)
7577 : Qnil);
7578
7579 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
7580 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
7581 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
7582 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
7583 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (sf);
7584
7585 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
7586 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
7587 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
7588 }
7589
7590 update_mode_lines = 0;
7591 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
7592 }
7593
7594 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
7595 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
7596 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
7597 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
7598 if (interrupt_input)
7599 request_sigio ();
7600 start_polling ();
7601
7602 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
7603 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
7604 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
7605 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
7606 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
7607 frames here explicitly. */
7608 if (!pause)
7609 {
7610 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7611 int new_count = 0;
7612
7613 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7614 {
7615 int this_is_visible = 0;
7616
7617 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
7618 this_is_visible = 1;
7619 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
7620 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
7621 this_is_visible = 1;
7622
7623 if (this_is_visible)
7624 new_count++;
7625 }
7626
7627 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
7628 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7629 }
7630
7631 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
7632 do_pending_window_change (1);
7633
7634 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
7635 visible frames, redisplay again. */
7636 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
7637 goto retry;
7638
7639 end_of_redisplay:;
7640
7641 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7642 }
7643
7644
7645 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
7646 another message has been requested in its place.
7647
7648 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
7649 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
7650 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
7651 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations. */
7652
7653 void
7654 redisplay_preserve_echo_area ()
7655 {
7656 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
7657 {
7658 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
7659 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
7660 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
7661 redisplay_internal (1);
7662 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
7663 }
7664 else
7665 redisplay_internal (1);
7666 }
7667
7668
7669 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
7670 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
7671 in progress. */
7672
7673 static Lisp_Object
7674 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
7675 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
7676 {
7677 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
7678 return Qnil;
7679 }
7680
7681
7682 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
7683 accurate or inaccurate. If FLAG is non-zero mark display of WINDOW
7684 as accurate. If FLAG is zero arrange for WINDOW to be redisplayed
7685 the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
7686
7687 void
7688 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
7689 Lisp_Object window;
7690 int accurate_p;
7691 {
7692 struct window *w;
7693
7694 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
7695 {
7696 w = XWINDOW (window);
7697
7698 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
7699 {
7700 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7701
7702 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified,
7703 accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
7704 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified,
7705 accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
7706 w->last_had_star = (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b)
7707 ? Qt : Qnil);
7708
7709 #if 0 /* I don't think this is necessary because display_line does it.
7710 Let's check it. */
7711 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
7712 update it fully at next redisplay. */
7713 w->region_showing
7714 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7715 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
7716 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
7717 && (!NILP (b->mark_active)
7718 ? Fmarker_position (b->mark)
7719 : Qnil));
7720 #endif
7721
7722 if (accurate_p)
7723 {
7724 b->clip_changed = 0;
7725 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
7726 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
7727 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
7728 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
7729 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
7730 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
7731 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7732 w->last_point = BUF_PT (b);
7733 else
7734 w->last_point = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
7735 }
7736 }
7737
7738 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
7739 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
7740
7741 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
7742 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
7743 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
7744 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
7745 }
7746
7747 if (accurate_p)
7748 {
7749 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
7750 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
7751 }
7752 else
7753 {
7754 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
7755 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
7756 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
7757 last_arrow_position = Qt;
7758 last_arrow_string = Qt;
7759 }
7760 }
7761
7762
7763 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
7764 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
7765 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
7766 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
7767
7768 Lisp_Object
7769 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
7770 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
7771 int c;
7772 {
7773 int code[4], i;
7774 Lisp_Object val;
7775
7776 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
7777 return (dp->contents[c]);
7778
7779 SPLIT_NON_ASCII_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
7780 if (code[0] != CHARSET_COMPOSITION)
7781 {
7782 if (code[1] < 32)
7783 code[1] = -1;
7784 else if (code[2] < 32)
7785 code[2] = -1;
7786 }
7787
7788 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
7789 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
7790 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
7791 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
7792 code[0] += 128;
7793 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
7794
7795 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
7796 {
7797 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
7798 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
7799 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
7800 }
7801
7802 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
7803 it. */
7804 return (dp->defalt);
7805 }
7806
7807
7808 \f
7809 /***********************************************************************
7810 Window Redisplay
7811 ***********************************************************************/
7812
7813 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
7814
7815 static void
7816 redisplay_windows (window)
7817 Lisp_Object window;
7818 {
7819 while (!NILP (window))
7820 {
7821 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7822
7823 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
7824 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
7825 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
7826 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
7827 else
7828 redisplay_window (window, 0);
7829
7830 window = w->next;
7831 }
7832 }
7833
7834
7835 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
7836 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
7837 differ from current buffer positions. */
7838
7839 void
7840 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
7841 struct window *w;
7842 struct glyph_row *row;
7843 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
7844 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
7845 {
7846 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7847 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7848 int x = row->x;
7849 int pt_old = PT - delta;
7850
7851 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
7852 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
7853 frames. */
7854 if (row->displays_text_p)
7855 while (glyph < end
7856 && !glyph->object
7857 && glyph->charpos < 0)
7858 {
7859 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7860 ++glyph;
7861 }
7862
7863 while (glyph < end
7864 && glyph->object
7865 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
7866 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
7867 {
7868 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7869 ++glyph;
7870 }
7871
7872 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7873 w->cursor.x = x;
7874 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
7875 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
7876
7877 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7878 {
7879 if (!row->continued_p
7880 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
7881 && row->x == 0)
7882 {
7883 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7884
7885 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
7886 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
7887 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
7888 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
7889
7890 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
7891 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
7892 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
7893 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
7894
7895 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
7896 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
7897 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
7898 this_line_start_x = row->x;
7899 }
7900 else
7901 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
7902 }
7903 }
7904
7905
7906 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
7907 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
7908
7909 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
7910
7911 static INLINE struct text_pos
7912 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
7913 Lisp_Object window;
7914 struct text_pos startp;
7915 {
7916 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7917 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
7918
7919 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7920 abort ();
7921
7922 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
7923 {
7924 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
7925 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
7926 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
7927 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
7928 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7929 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7930 }
7931
7932 return startp;
7933 }
7934
7935
7936 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
7937 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
7938
7939 static void
7940 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
7941 struct window *w;
7942 {
7943 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
7944 struct glyph_row *row;
7945 int header_line_height;
7946
7947 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
7948 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
7949 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
7950 return;
7951
7952 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
7953 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7954
7955 /* If row->y == top y of window display area, the window isn't tall
7956 enough to display a single line. There is nothing we can do
7957 about it. */
7958 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
7959 if (row->y == header_line_height)
7960 return;
7961
7962 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
7963 {
7964 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
7965 w->vscroll = 0;
7966 w->cursor.y += dy;
7967 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
7968 }
7969 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row))
7970 {
7971 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
7972 w->vscroll = dy;
7973 w->cursor.y += dy;
7974 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
7975 }
7976
7977 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
7978 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
7979 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
7980 the correct y-position. */
7981 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7982 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
7983 }
7984
7985
7986 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
7987 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
7988 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
7989 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
7990 the case that only the cursor has moved.
7991
7992 Value is
7993
7994 1 if scrolling succeeded
7995
7996 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
7997
7998 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
7999 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
8000
8001 static int
8002 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
8003 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
8004 Lisp_Object window;
8005 int just_this_one_p;
8006 int scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
8007 int temp_scroll_step;
8008 {
8009 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8010 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8011 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
8012 struct text_pos pos;
8013 struct text_pos startp;
8014 struct it it;
8015 Lisp_Object window_end;
8016 int this_scroll_margin;
8017 int dy = 0;
8018 int scroll_max;
8019 int line_height, rc;
8020 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
8021 Lisp_Object aggressive;
8022 int height;
8023
8024 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8025 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
8026 #endif
8027
8028 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8029
8030 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
8031 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
8032 if (scroll_margin > 0)
8033 {
8034 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
8035 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8036 }
8037 else
8038 this_scroll_margin = 0;
8039
8040 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
8041 into view. */
8042 if (scroll_step)
8043 scroll_max = scroll_step;
8044 else if (scroll_conservatively)
8045 scroll_max = scroll_conservatively;
8046 else if (temp_scroll_step)
8047 scroll_max = temp_scroll_step;
8048 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
8049 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
8050 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
8051 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
8052 there should be a variable for this. */
8053 scroll_max = 10;
8054 else
8055 scroll_max = 0;
8056 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8057
8058 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
8059 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
8060 margin. */
8061 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
8062 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
8063 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
8064 if (this_scroll_margin)
8065 {
8066 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8067 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
8068 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8069 }
8070
8071 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8072 {
8073 int y0;
8074
8075 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
8076 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
8077
8078 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
8079 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
8080 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8081 y0 = it.current_y;
8082 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
8083 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8084 line_height = (it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8085 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8086 : last_height);
8087 dy = it.current_y + line_height - y0;
8088 if (dy > scroll_max)
8089 return 0;
8090
8091 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
8092 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
8093 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
8094 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8095
8096 if (scroll_conservatively)
8097 amount_to_scroll = dy;
8098 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
8099 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
8100 else
8101 {
8102 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
8103 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8104 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8105 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8106 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8107 }
8108
8109 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8110 return 0;
8111
8112 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
8113 startp = it.current.pos;
8114 }
8115 else
8116 {
8117 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
8118 window. */
8119 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
8120 if (this_scroll_margin)
8121 {
8122 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8123 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
8124 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8125 }
8126
8127 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8128 {
8129 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
8130 above what is displayed in the window. */
8131 int y0;
8132
8133 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
8134 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
8135 scroll_max. */
8136 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
8137 start_display (&it, w, pos);
8138 y0 = it.current_y;
8139 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
8140 it.last_visible_y, -1,
8141 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8142 dy = it.current_y - y0;
8143 if (dy > scroll_max)
8144 return 0;
8145
8146 /* Compute new window start. */
8147 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8148
8149 if (scroll_conservatively)
8150 amount_to_scroll = dy;
8151 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
8152 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
8153 else
8154 {
8155 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
8156 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8157 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8158 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8159 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8160 }
8161
8162 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8163 return 0;
8164
8165 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
8166 startp = it.current.pos;
8167 }
8168 }
8169
8170 /* Run window scroll functions. */
8171 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
8172
8173 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
8174 doesn't appear. */
8175 if (!try_window (window, startp))
8176 rc = -1;
8177 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8178 {
8179 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8180 rc = 0;
8181 }
8182 else
8183 {
8184 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
8185 if (!just_this_one_p
8186 || current_buffer->clip_changed
8187 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
8188 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8189
8190 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
8191 lines up or down. */
8192 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8193 rc = 1;
8194 }
8195
8196 return rc;
8197 }
8198
8199
8200 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
8201 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
8202 was computed.
8203
8204 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
8205 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
8206 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
8207
8208 static int
8209 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
8210 struct window *w;
8211 {
8212 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
8213 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
8214
8215 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
8216
8217 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
8218 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
8219 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
8220 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
8221 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
8222 {
8223 struct it it;
8224 struct glyph_row *row;
8225
8226 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
8227 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
8228 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
8229 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
8230 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
8231
8232 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
8233 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
8234 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
8235 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
8236 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8237 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
8238
8239 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
8240 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
8241 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
8242 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
8243 {
8244 int min_distance, distance;
8245
8246 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
8247 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
8248 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
8249 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
8250 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
8251 minimum distance from the old window start. */
8252 pos = it.current.pos;
8253 min_distance = INFINITY;
8254 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
8255 distance < min_distance)
8256 {
8257 min_distance = distance;
8258 pos = it.current.pos;
8259 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
8260 }
8261
8262 /* Set the window start there. */
8263 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
8264 window_start_changed_p = 1;
8265 }
8266 }
8267
8268 return window_start_changed_p;
8269 }
8270
8271
8272 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
8273 selected_window is redisplayed. */
8274
8275 static void
8276 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
8277 Lisp_Object window;
8278 int just_this_one_p;
8279 {
8280 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8281 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8282 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8283 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
8284 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
8285 int update_mode_line;
8286 int tem;
8287 struct it it;
8288 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
8289 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
8290 int really_switched_buffer = 0;
8291 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
8292 int count = specpdl_ptr - specpdl;
8293
8294 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
8295 opoint = lpoint;
8296
8297 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
8298 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
8299 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8300 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8301 #endif
8302
8303 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
8304
8305 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
8306
8307 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
8308 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8309 || update_mode_lines
8310 || buffer->clip_changed);
8311
8312 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8313 {
8314 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
8315 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
8316 {
8317 if (update_mode_line)
8318 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
8319 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
8320 goto finish_menu_bars;
8321 else
8322 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
8323 goto finish_scroll_bars;
8324 }
8325 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
8326 {
8327 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
8328 active one, so clear it. */
8329 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
8330 struct glyph_row *row;
8331 int y;
8332
8333 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
8334 y < yb;
8335 y += row->height, ++row)
8336 blank_row (w, row, y);
8337 goto finish_scroll_bars;
8338 }
8339 }
8340
8341 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
8342 value. */
8343 if (update_mode_line)
8344 {
8345 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
8346 variables. */
8347 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8348 really_switched_buffer = 1;
8349 }
8350 else
8351 set_buffer_temp (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8352 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
8353
8354 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8355 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8356 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8357 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8358 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
8359
8360 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
8361 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
8362 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
8363 {
8364 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
8365 window start in case the window's width changed. */
8366 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
8367 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
8368
8369 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8370 }
8371
8372 /* Some sanity checks. */
8373 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
8374 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
8375 abort ();
8376 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
8377 abort ();
8378
8379 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
8380 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8381 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
8382 where no change is needed. */
8383 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8384 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8385 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
8386 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
8387 update_mode_line = 1;
8388
8389 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
8390 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
8391 if (!just_this_one_p)
8392 {
8393 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
8394 current_base = current_buffer;
8395 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
8396 if (current_base->base_buffer)
8397 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
8398 if (window_base->base_buffer)
8399 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
8400 if (current_base == window_base)
8401 buffer_shared++;
8402 }
8403
8404 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
8405 window, set up appropriate value. */
8406 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
8407 {
8408 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
8409 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
8410 if (new_pt < BEGV)
8411 {
8412 new_pt = BEGV;
8413 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
8414 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
8415 }
8416 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
8417 {
8418 new_pt = ZV;
8419 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
8420 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
8421 }
8422
8423 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
8424 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
8425 }
8426
8427 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
8428 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
8429 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
8430 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
8431 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
8432 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
8433 {
8434 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
8435
8436 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
8437 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
8438 {
8439 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
8440 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
8441 BEG, Z);
8442 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
8443 }
8444 }
8445
8446 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
8447 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
8448 goto recenter;
8449
8450 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8451
8452 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
8453 check whether it can be used. */
8454 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start))
8455 {
8456 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
8457 /* This takes a mini-buffer prompt into account. */
8458 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8459 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
8460 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8461 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
8462 w->force_start = Qt;
8463 }
8464
8465 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
8466 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
8467 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
8468 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
8469 {
8470 w->force_start = Qnil;
8471 w->vscroll = 0;
8472 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8473
8474 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
8475 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8476 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
8477 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8478
8479 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
8480 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
8481 because we have scrolled. */
8482 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
8483 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
8484 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
8485 and having them get more errors. */
8486 if (!update_mode_line
8487 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
8488 {
8489 if (!really_switched_buffer)
8490 {
8491 set_buffer_temp (old);
8492 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8493 really_switched_buffer = 1;
8494 }
8495
8496 update_mode_line = 1;
8497 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8498 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
8499 }
8500
8501 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
8502 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
8503 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
8504 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
8505 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
8506 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
8507
8508 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
8509 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
8510 if (!try_window (window, startp))
8511 {
8512 w->force_start = Qt;
8513 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8514 goto restore_buffers;
8515 }
8516
8517 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
8518 {
8519 /* If point does not appear, or on a line that is not fully
8520 visible, move point so it does appear. The desired
8521 matrix has been built above, so we can use it. */
8522 int height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
8523 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, 0);
8524
8525 while (row->y < height)
8526 ++row;
8527
8528 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
8529 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8530
8531 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
8532 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
8533 else if (current_buffer == old)
8534 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
8535
8536 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8537
8538 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
8539 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
8540 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8541 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8542 {
8543 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8544 if (!try_window (window, startp))
8545 goto restore_buffers;
8546 }
8547 }
8548
8549 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8550 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8551 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
8552 #endif
8553 goto done;
8554 }
8555
8556 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
8557 not moved off the frame. */
8558 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8559 /* Point may be in this window. */
8560 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
8561 /* If we don't check this, we are called to move the cursor in a
8562 horizontally split window with a current matrix that doesn't
8563 fit the display. */
8564 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
8565 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
8566 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8567 /* If force-mode-line-update was called, really redisplay;
8568 that's how redisplay is forced after e.g. changing
8569 buffer-invisibility-spec. */
8570 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8571 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
8572 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
8573 set the cursor. */
8574 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8575 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8576 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8577 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8578 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
8579 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
8580 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
8581 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
8582 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
8583 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
8584 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
8585 handles the same cases. */
8586 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
8587 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
8588 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
8589 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
8590 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
8591 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
8592 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
8593 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
8594 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
8595 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
8596 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
8597 {
8598 int this_scroll_margin;
8599 struct glyph_row *row;
8600 int scroll_p;
8601
8602 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8603 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
8604 #endif
8605
8606 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
8607 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
8608 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
8609 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
8610 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8611
8612 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
8613 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
8614 if (w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
8615 goto try_to_scroll;
8616 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
8617 if (row->mode_line_p)
8618 ++row;
8619 if (!row->enabled_p)
8620 goto try_to_scroll;
8621
8622 scroll_p = 0;
8623 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
8624 {
8625 /* Point has moved forward. */
8626 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
8627
8628 while ((MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
8629 /* The end position of a row equals the start
8630 position of the next row. If PT is there, we
8631 would rather display it in the next line, except
8632 when this line ends in ZV. */
8633 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8634 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
8635 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
8636 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
8637 {
8638 xassert (row->enabled_p);
8639 ++row;
8640 }
8641
8642 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
8643 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which the
8644 next line would be drawn, and that this_scroll_margin can
8645 be zero. */
8646 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
8647 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
8648 /* Line is completely visible last line in window and PT
8649 is to be set in the next line. */
8650 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
8651 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
8652 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
8653 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
8654 scroll_p = 1;
8655 }
8656 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
8657 {
8658 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
8659 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer if-statement. */
8660 while (!row->mode_line_p
8661 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
8662 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8663 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
8664 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
8665 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
8666 {
8667 xassert (row->enabled_p);
8668 --row;
8669 }
8670
8671 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there
8672 is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display
8673 starts at some point START > BEGV. It can happen that
8674 we are called with PT somewhere between BEGV and START.
8675 Try to handle that case. */
8676 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
8677 || row->mode_line_p)
8678 {
8679 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
8680 if (row->mode_line_p)
8681 ++row;
8682 }
8683
8684 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to skip
8685 forward over overlay strings. */
8686 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
8687 && MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_OVERLAY_STRING_P (row)
8688 && !row->ends_at_zv_p)
8689 ++row;
8690
8691 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
8692 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
8693 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
8694 scroll_p = 1;
8695 }
8696
8697 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
8698 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
8699 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
8700 goto try_to_scroll;
8701
8702 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's make it fully
8703 visible. This can be done most easily by using the existing
8704 scrolling code. */
8705 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
8706 {
8707 temp_scroll_step = 1;
8708 goto try_to_scroll;
8709 }
8710 else if (scroll_p)
8711 goto try_to_scroll;
8712
8713 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8714 goto done;
8715 }
8716
8717 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
8718 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
8719 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
8720 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
8721 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
8722 {
8723 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8724 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
8725 #endif
8726 goto recenter;
8727 }
8728
8729 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
8730 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
8731 !windows_or_buffers_changed
8732 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
8733 be full width. */
8734 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
8735 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
8736 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
8737 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
8738 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
8739 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified)
8740 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
8741 && XFASTINT (w->hscroll) == 0
8742 /* Selective display has not changed. */
8743 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8744 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
8745 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8746 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
8747 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
8748 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8749 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8750 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8751 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8752 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
8753 && EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
8754 && EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string)
8755 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
8756 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
8757 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
8758 && (tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
8759 {
8760 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8761 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id");
8762 #endif
8763
8764 if (fonts_changed_p)
8765 goto restore_buffers;
8766 if (tem > 0)
8767 goto done;
8768 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
8769 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
8770 }
8771 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
8772 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
8773 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
8774 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
8775 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
8776 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
8777 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
8778 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
8779 {
8780 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8781 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
8782 #endif
8783
8784 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
8785 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
8786 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8787 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
8788 because it can have changed the buffer. */
8789 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
8790 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
8791 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
8792 {
8793 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
8794 try_window (window, startp);
8795 }
8796
8797 if (fonts_changed_p)
8798 goto restore_buffers;
8799
8800 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
8801 {
8802 if (!just_this_one_p
8803 || current_buffer->clip_changed
8804 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
8805 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
8806 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8807
8808 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8809 goto done;
8810 }
8811 else
8812 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8813 }
8814
8815 try_to_scroll:
8816
8817 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
8818 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
8819
8820 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
8821 if (!update_mode_line)
8822 {
8823 if (!really_switched_buffer)
8824 {
8825 set_buffer_temp (old);
8826 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8827 really_switched_buffer = 1;
8828 }
8829 update_mode_line = 1;
8830 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
8831 }
8832
8833 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
8834 if ((scroll_conservatively
8835 || scroll_step
8836 || temp_scroll_step
8837 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
8838 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
8839 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8840 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
8841 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
8842 {
8843 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
8844 successful, 0 if not successful. */
8845 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
8846 scroll_conservatively,
8847 scroll_step,
8848 temp_scroll_step);
8849 if (rc > 0)
8850 goto done;
8851 else if (rc < 0)
8852 goto restore_buffers;
8853 }
8854
8855 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
8856
8857 recenter:
8858
8859 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8860 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
8861 #endif
8862
8863 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
8864
8865 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
8866 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8867 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
8868 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
8869
8870 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
8871 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8872 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
8873 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, it.last_visible_y / 2);
8874 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
8875
8876 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
8877 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
8878 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
8879 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
8880 containing PT in this case. */
8881 if (it.current_y <= 0)
8882 {
8883 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8884 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
8885 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
8886 it.current_y = 0;
8887 }
8888
8889 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
8890
8891 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
8892 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
8893 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
8894
8895 /* Run scroll hooks. */
8896 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
8897
8898 /* Redisplay the window. */
8899 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
8900 || windows_or_buffers_changed
8901 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
8902 because it can have changed the buffer. */
8903 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
8904 || !just_this_one_p
8905 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
8906 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
8907 try_window (window, startp);
8908
8909 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
8910 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
8911 matrices. */
8912 if (fonts_changed_p)
8913 goto restore_buffers;
8914
8915 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
8916 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
8917 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
8918 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
8919 line.) */
8920 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8921 {
8922 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
8923 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
8924 {
8925 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8926 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
8927 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
8928 }
8929 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
8930 {
8931 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
8932 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
8933 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
8934 }
8935 else
8936 {
8937 /* Not much we can do about it. */
8938 }
8939 }
8940
8941 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
8942 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
8943 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
8944 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
8945 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8946 {
8947 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
8948 if (row->mode_line_p)
8949 ++row;
8950 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8951 }
8952
8953 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
8954
8955 done:
8956
8957 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8958 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
8959 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
8960 ? Qt : Qnil);
8961
8962 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
8963 if ((update_mode_line
8964 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
8965 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
8966 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
8967 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
8968 || (!just_this_one_p
8969 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
8970 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
8971 /* Line number to display. */
8972 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
8973 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
8974 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
8975 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ()))
8976 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
8977 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
8978 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
8979 {
8980 display_mode_lines (w);
8981
8982 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
8983 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
8984 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
8985 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
8986 {
8987 fonts_changed_p = 1;
8988 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
8989 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
8990 }
8991
8992 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
8993 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
8994 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
8995 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
8996 {
8997 fonts_changed_p = 1;
8998 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
8999 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9000 }
9001
9002 if (fonts_changed_p)
9003 goto restore_buffers;
9004 }
9005
9006 if (!line_number_displayed
9007 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
9008 {
9009 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
9010 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9011 }
9012
9013 finish_menu_bars:
9014
9015 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
9016 if (update_mode_line
9017 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
9018 {
9019 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
9020
9021 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
9022 {
9023 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI)
9024 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
9025 #else
9026 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9027 #endif
9028 }
9029 else
9030 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9031
9032 if (redisplay_menu_p)
9033 display_menu_bar (w);
9034
9035 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9036 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
9037 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
9038 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
9039 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
9040 #endif
9041 }
9042
9043 finish_scroll_bars:
9044
9045 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
9046 {
9047 int start, end, whole;
9048
9049 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
9050 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
9051 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
9052 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
9053 visible region.
9054
9055 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
9056 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9057 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
9058 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
9059 {
9060 whole = ZV - BEGV;
9061 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
9062 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
9063 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
9064 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
9065
9066 if (end < start)
9067 end = start;
9068 if (whole < (end - start))
9069 whole = end - start;
9070 }
9071 else
9072 start = end = whole = 0;
9073
9074 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
9075 (*set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook) (w, end - start, whole, start);
9076
9077 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
9078 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
9079 (*redeem_scroll_bar_hook) (w);
9080 }
9081
9082 restore_buffers:
9083
9084 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
9085 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
9086 if (really_switched_buffer)
9087 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
9088 else
9089 set_buffer_temp (old);
9090 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
9091
9092 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
9093 }
9094
9095
9096 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
9097 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
9098 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
9099 glyph matrices necessary. */
9100
9101 int
9102 try_window (window, pos)
9103 Lisp_Object window;
9104 struct text_pos pos;
9105 {
9106 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9107 struct it it;
9108 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
9109
9110 /* Make POS the new window start. */
9111 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
9112
9113 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
9114 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9115 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
9116
9117 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
9118 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9119
9120 /* Display all lines of W. */
9121 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
9122 {
9123 if (display_line (&it))
9124 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9125 if (fonts_changed_p)
9126 return 0;
9127 }
9128
9129 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
9130 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
9131 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
9132 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9133
9134 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
9135 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
9136 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
9137 if (last_text_row)
9138 {
9139 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
9140 w->window_end_bytepos
9141 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9142 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9143 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9144 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9145 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9146 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
9147 ->displays_text_p);
9148 }
9149 else
9150 {
9151 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
9152 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
9153 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
9154 }
9155
9156 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
9157 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9158 return 1;
9159 }
9160
9161
9162 \f
9163 /************************************************************************
9164 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
9165 ************************************************************************/
9166
9167 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
9168 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
9169 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
9170 W->start is the new window start. */
9171
9172 static int
9173 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
9174 struct window *w;
9175 {
9176 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9177 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
9178 struct it it;
9179 struct run run;
9180 struct text_pos start, new_start;
9181 int nrows_scrolled, i;
9182 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
9183 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
9184 struct glyph_row *start_row;
9185 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
9186
9187 /* Right now this function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
9188 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
9189 return 0;
9190
9191 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
9192 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9193 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9194 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
9195 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
9196 return 0;
9197
9198 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
9199 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9200 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
9201 return 0;
9202
9203 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
9204 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
9205 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9206 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
9207 return 0;
9208
9209 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
9210 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
9211 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
9212 start = start_row->start.pos;
9213 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
9214
9215 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
9216 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9217
9218 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
9219 {
9220 int first_row_y;
9221
9222 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
9223
9224 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
9225 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
9226 text. */
9227 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
9228 first_row_y = it.current_y;
9229 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9230 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
9231 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
9232 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
9233 && !fonts_changed_p)
9234 if (display_line (&it))
9235 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9236
9237 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
9238 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
9239 have at least one reusable row. */
9240 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
9241 {
9242 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
9243
9244 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
9245 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9246 {
9247 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
9248
9249 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9250 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9251 {
9252 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9253 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9254 {
9255 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
9256 dy, nrows_scrolled);
9257 break;
9258 }
9259
9260 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) + dy >= it.last_visible_y)
9261 break;
9262
9263 ++row;
9264 }
9265
9266 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
9267 happen often; not more often than with try_window
9268 itself. */
9269 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9270 {
9271 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9272 return 0;
9273 }
9274 }
9275
9276 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
9277 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
9278 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
9279 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
9280 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
9281 in. */
9282 run.current_y = first_row_y;
9283 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
9284 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
9285 if (run.height > 0)
9286 {
9287 update_begin (f);
9288 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
9289 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
9290 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0);
9291 update_end (f);
9292 }
9293
9294 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
9295 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
9296 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
9297 start_vpos,
9298 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
9299 nrows_scrolled);
9300
9301 /* Disable lines not reused. */
9302 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
9303 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0;
9304
9305 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
9306 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix) + nrows_scrolled;
9307 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9308 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
9309 while (row < bottom_row)
9310 {
9311 row->y = it.current_y;
9312
9313 if (row->y < min_y)
9314 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
9315 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
9316 row->visible_height
9317 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
9318 else
9319 row->visible_height = row->height;
9320
9321 it.current_y += row->height;
9322 ++it.vpos;
9323
9324 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9325 last_reused_text_row = row;
9326 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
9327 break;
9328 ++row;
9329 }
9330 }
9331
9332 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
9333 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
9334 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
9335 containing text. */
9336 if (last_reused_text_row)
9337 {
9338 w->window_end_bytepos
9339 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
9340 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9341 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
9342 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9343 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
9344 w->current_matrix));
9345 }
9346 else if (last_text_row)
9347 {
9348 w->window_end_bytepos
9349 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9350 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9351 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9352 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9353 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9354 }
9355 else
9356 {
9357 /* This window must be completely empty. */
9358 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
9359 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
9360 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
9361 }
9362 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9363
9364 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
9365 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
9366
9367 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9368 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
9369 #endif
9370 return 1;
9371 }
9372 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
9373 {
9374 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
9375 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
9376 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
9377 int dy;
9378 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9379
9380 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu2"));
9381
9382 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
9383 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
9384 first_reusable_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9385 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
9386 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
9387 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
9388 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
9389 ++first_reusable_row;
9390
9391 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
9392 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
9393 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
9394 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
9395 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
9396 return 0;
9397
9398 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
9399 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
9400 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
9401 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
9402 first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
9403 pt_row = NULL;
9404 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb)
9405 {
9406 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
9407 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
9408 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
9409
9410 ++first_row_to_display;
9411 }
9412
9413 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
9414 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
9415 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
9416 nrows_scrolled = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix);
9417 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
9418 - nrows_scrolled);
9419 it.current_y = first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y;
9420
9421 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
9422 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
9423 that displays text. */
9424 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
9425 if (pt_row == NULL)
9426 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9427 last_text_row = NULL;
9428 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
9429 if (display_line (&it))
9430 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
9431
9432 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
9433 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9434 {
9435 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9436 return 0;
9437 }
9438
9439 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
9440 position. */
9441 if (pt_row)
9442 {
9443 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
9444 w->current_matrix);
9445 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
9446 }
9447
9448 /* Scroll the display. */
9449 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
9450 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9451 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
9452 if (run.height)
9453 {
9454 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
9455 update_begin (f);
9456 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
9457 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
9458 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0);
9459 update_end (f);
9460 }
9461
9462 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
9463 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
9464 row = first_reusable_row;
9465 dy = first_reusable_row->y;
9466 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9467 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
9468 while (row < first_row_to_display)
9469 {
9470 row->y -= dy;
9471 if (row->y < min_y)
9472 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
9473 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
9474 row->visible_height
9475 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
9476 else
9477 row->visible_height = row->height;
9478 ++row;
9479 }
9480
9481 /* Disable rows not reused. */
9482 while (row < bottom_row)
9483 {
9484 row->enabled_p = 0;
9485 ++row;
9486 }
9487
9488 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
9489 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
9490 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
9491 start_vpos,
9492 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
9493 -nrows_scrolled);
9494
9495 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
9496 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
9497 only its vpos can have changed. */
9498 if (last_text_row)
9499 {
9500 w->window_end_bytepos
9501 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
9502 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
9503 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
9504 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9505 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
9506 }
9507 else
9508 {
9509 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
9510 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
9511 }
9512
9513 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9514 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
9515
9516 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9517 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
9518 #endif
9519 return 1;
9520 }
9521
9522 return 0;
9523 }
9524
9525
9526 \f
9527 /************************************************************************
9528 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
9529 ************************************************************************/
9530
9531 static struct glyph_row *get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
9532 static struct glyph_row *get_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
9533 int *, int *));
9534 static struct glyph_row *
9535 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
9536 struct glyph_row *));
9537
9538
9539 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
9540 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
9541 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
9542 a pointer to the row found. */
9543
9544 static struct glyph_row *
9545 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
9546 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
9547 struct it *it;
9548 struct glyph_row *start;
9549 {
9550 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
9551
9552 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
9553 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
9554 visible lines. */
9555 row_found = NULL;
9556 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
9557 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9558 {
9559 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9560 row_found = row;
9561 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
9562 break;
9563 ++row;
9564 }
9565
9566 return row_found;
9567 }
9568
9569
9570 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
9571 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
9572 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
9573
9574 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
9575 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
9576 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
9577 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
9578 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
9579 was built. */
9580
9581 static struct glyph_row *
9582 get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
9583 struct window *w;
9584 {
9585 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
9586 struct glyph_row *row;
9587 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
9588 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9589
9590 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
9591 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9592 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
9593 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
9594 {
9595 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
9596 except in some case. */
9597 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
9598 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
9599 unchanged. */
9600 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9601 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
9602 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
9603 continued. */
9604 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
9605 && row->continued_p))
9606 row_found = row;
9607
9608 /* Stop if last visible row. */
9609 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
9610 break;
9611
9612 ++row;
9613 }
9614
9615 return row_found;
9616 }
9617
9618
9619 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
9620 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
9621 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
9622 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
9623 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
9624 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
9625 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
9626
9627 static struct glyph_row *
9628 get_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
9629 struct window *w;
9630 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
9631 {
9632 struct glyph_row *row;
9633 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
9634
9635 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
9636
9637 /* A value of window_end_pos >= end_unchanged means that the window
9638 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
9639 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
9640 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
9641 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
9642 return NULL;
9643
9644 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
9645 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
9646
9647 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
9648 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
9649 {
9650 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
9651 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
9652 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
9653 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
9654 positions for characters not in changed text. */
9655 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
9656 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
9657 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
9658 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
9659 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9660
9661 *delta = Z - Z_old;
9662 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
9663
9664 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
9665 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
9666 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
9667 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
9668 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
9669 position. */
9670 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
9671 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
9672
9673 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
9674 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
9675 while (row >= first_text_row)
9676 {
9677 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9678 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
9679
9680 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
9681 row_found = row;
9682 --row;
9683 }
9684 }
9685
9686 xassert (!row_found || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found));
9687 return row_found;
9688 }
9689
9690
9691 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
9692 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
9693 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
9694 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
9695 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
9696
9697 static void
9698 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
9699 struct window *w;
9700 {
9701 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9702 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
9703
9704 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
9705 must have a frame matrix. */
9706 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
9707 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
9708 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
9709
9710 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
9711 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
9712 corresponding frame matrix. */
9713 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9714 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
9715 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
9716 while (window_row < window_row_end)
9717 {
9718 int area;
9719
9720 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area)
9721 frame_row->glyphs[area] = window_row->glyphs[area];
9722
9723 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
9724 been disabled in try_window_id. */
9725 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
9726 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
9727
9728 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
9729 }
9730 }
9731
9732
9733 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
9734 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
9735 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
9736 containing CHARPOS or null. */
9737
9738 static struct glyph_row *
9739 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end)
9740 struct window *w;
9741 int charpos;
9742 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
9743 {
9744 struct glyph_row *row = start;
9745 int last_y;
9746
9747 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
9748 if (row->mode_line_p)
9749 ++row;
9750
9751 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
9752 return NULL;
9753
9754 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9755
9756 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
9757 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
9758 /* The end position of a row equals the start
9759 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
9760 would rather display it in the next line, except
9761 when this line ends in ZV. */
9762 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
9763 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
9764 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
9765 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9766 ++row;
9767
9768 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
9769 if ((end && row >= end)
9770 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9771 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9772 row = NULL;
9773
9774 return row;
9775 }
9776
9777
9778 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
9779 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
9780 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
9781
9782 Value is
9783
9784 1 if display has been updated
9785 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
9786 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
9787
9788 The following steps are performed:
9789
9790 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
9791 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
9792 is found, give up.
9793
9794 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
9795 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
9796
9797 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
9798 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
9799 the window.
9800
9801 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
9802
9803 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
9804 display and current matrix as needed.
9805
9806 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
9807 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
9808 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
9809 in smaller font sizes.
9810
9811 7. Update W's window end information. */
9812
9813 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
9814
9815 static int
9816 try_window_id (w)
9817 struct window *w;
9818 {
9819 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9820 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
9821 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
9822 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
9823 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
9824 struct glyph_row *row;
9825 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
9826 int bottom_vpos;
9827 struct it it;
9828 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
9829 struct text_pos start_pos;
9830 struct run run;
9831 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
9832 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
9833 struct text_pos start;
9834
9835 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
9836
9837 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
9838 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
9839 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
9840 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
9841 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)));
9842
9843 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
9844 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
9845 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
9846 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
9847 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF)
9848 {
9849 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
9850 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
9851 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
9852 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
9853 }
9854
9855 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
9856 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
9857 This case happens with stealth-fontification. */
9858 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
9859 if (CHARPOS (start) > BEGV
9860 && Z - END_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (start) - 1
9861 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n'
9862 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9863 {
9864 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
9865 size has changed. */
9866 w->window_end_pos
9867 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
9868 w->window_end_bytepos
9869 = make_number (Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row));
9870 return 1;
9871 }
9872
9873 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
9874 window, and if PT is in the window. */
9875 if (BEG_UNCHANGED > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9876 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9877 {
9878 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
9879 size has changed. */
9880 w->window_end_pos
9881 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
9882 w->window_end_bytepos
9883 = make_number (Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row));
9884 return 1;
9885 }
9886
9887 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
9888 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
9889 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
9890 comparable. */
9891 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
9892 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
9893 return 0;
9894
9895 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
9896 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
9897 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
9898 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
9899 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
9900 first line of window. */
9901 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = get_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
9902 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
9903 {
9904 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
9905 start_pos = it.current.pos;
9906
9907 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
9908 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
9909 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
9910 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
9911 current_matrix);
9912 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
9913 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
9914
9915 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
9916 }
9917 else
9918 {
9919 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
9920 Start displaying in the first line. */
9921 start_display (&it, w, start);
9922 start_pos = it.current.pos;
9923 }
9924
9925 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
9926 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
9927 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
9928 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
9929 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
9930 changes. */
9931 first_unchanged_at_end_row
9932 = get_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
9933 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
9934 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
9935
9936 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
9937 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
9938 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
9939 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
9940 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
9941 stop_pos = 0;
9942 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9943 {
9944 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
9945 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
9946
9947 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
9948 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
9949 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
9950 not displaying text. */
9951 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9952 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9953 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9954 < it.last_visible_y))
9955 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
9956
9957 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9958 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9959 >= it.last_visible_y))
9960 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
9961 else
9962 {
9963 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
9964 + delta);
9965 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
9966 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
9967 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
9968 }
9969 }
9970 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
9971 return 0;
9972
9973
9974 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9975
9976 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
9977 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
9978 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
9979 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
9980 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
9981
9982 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
9983 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
9984 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
9985 : -1);
9986 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
9987
9988 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9989
9990
9991 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
9992 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
9993 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
9994 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9995 last_text_row = NULL;
9996 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
9997 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
9998 && !fonts_changed_p
9999 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10000 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
10001 {
10002 if (display_line (&it))
10003 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10004 }
10005
10006 if (fonts_changed_p)
10007 return -1;
10008
10009
10010 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
10011 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
10012 scroll. */
10013 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
10014 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
10015 bottom of the window. */
10016 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10017 {
10018 dvpos = (it.vpos
10019 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
10020 current_matrix));
10021 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
10022 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
10023 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
10024 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
10025 }
10026 else
10027 {
10028 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
10029 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
10030 }
10031 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
10032
10033
10034 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
10035 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
10036 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
10037 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
10038 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
10039 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
10040 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
10041 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
10042 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10043 {
10044 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
10045 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
10046 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10047 {
10048 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
10049 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
10050 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1);
10051 xassert (row && row <= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10052 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10053 }
10054
10055 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
10056 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10057 {
10058 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
10059 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL);
10060 if (row)
10061 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
10062 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
10063 }
10064
10065 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
10066 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10067 {
10068 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10069 return -1;
10070 }
10071 }
10072
10073 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
10074 {
10075 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
10076
10077 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
10078 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
10079 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
10080 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
10081 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
10082
10083 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
10084 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
10085 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
10086 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
10087 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
10088 {
10089 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10090 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10091 return -1;
10092 }
10093 }
10094
10095 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
10096 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
10097 found. */
10098 if (dy)
10099 {
10100 update_begin (f);
10101
10102 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10103 {
10104 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10105 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10106 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0);
10107 }
10108 else
10109 {
10110 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
10111 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
10112 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
10113 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
10114 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
10115 int end = XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w);
10116
10117 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
10118 if (dvpos > 0)
10119 {
10120 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
10121 window down dvpos lines. */
10122 set_terminal_window (end);
10123
10124 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
10125 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
10126 if (!scroll_region_ok)
10127 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
10128
10129 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
10130 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10131 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
10132 }
10133 else if (dvpos < 0)
10134 {
10135 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
10136 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
10137 set_terminal_window (end);
10138
10139 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
10140 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
10141 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
10142 line sequences. */
10143 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
10144
10145 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
10146 end. */
10147 if (!scroll_region_ok)
10148 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
10149 }
10150
10151 set_terminal_window (0);
10152 }
10153
10154 update_end (f);
10155 }
10156
10157 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
10158 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
10159 text. */
10160 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
10161 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
10162 if (dvpos < 0)
10163 {
10164 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10165 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
10166 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
10167 bottom_vpos, 0);
10168 }
10169 else if (dvpos > 0)
10170 {
10171 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
10172 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
10173 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
10174 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
10175 }
10176
10177 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
10178 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
10179 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10180 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
10181
10182 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
10183 if (delta)
10184 increment_glyph_matrix_buffer_positions (current_matrix,
10185 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10186 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
10187
10188 /* Adjust Y positions. */
10189 if (dy)
10190 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
10191 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
10192 bottom_vpos, dy);
10193
10194 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10195 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
10196
10197 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
10198 the window. */
10199 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
10200 if (dy < 0)
10201 {
10202 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
10203 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
10204 the matrix by dvpos. */
10205 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
10206 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
10207
10208 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
10209 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
10210
10211 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
10212 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
10213 line following it. */
10214 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
10215 {
10216 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
10217 it.vpos = last_vpos;
10218 it.current_y = last_row->y;
10219 }
10220 else
10221 {
10222 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
10223 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
10224 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
10225 ++last_row;
10226 }
10227
10228 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
10229 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
10230 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
10231 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
10232
10233 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
10234 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10235 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10236 && !fonts_changed_p)
10237 {
10238 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
10239 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
10240 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
10241 enabled_p flag to zero. */
10242 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
10243 if (display_line (&it))
10244 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
10245 }
10246 }
10247
10248 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
10249 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
10250 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
10251 && !last_text_row_at_end)
10252 {
10253 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
10254 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
10255 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
10256 scrolling. */
10257 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
10258 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
10259 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
10260 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
10261
10262 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10263 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10264 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10265 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
10266 }
10267 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
10268 {
10269 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10270 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
10271 w->window_end_bytepos
10272 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
10273 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10274 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
10275 }
10276 else if (last_text_row)
10277 {
10278 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
10279 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
10280 in the desired matrix. */
10281 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10282 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10283 w->window_end_bytepos
10284 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10285 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10286 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
10287 }
10288 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10289 && last_text_row == NULL
10290 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
10291 {
10292 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
10293 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
10294 int vpos;
10295 int header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
10296
10297 for (vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos); vpos > 0; --vpos)
10298 if ((w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
10299 && w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p)
10300 || (!w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
10301 && w->current_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p))
10302 break;
10303
10304 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos);
10305 }
10306 else
10307 abort ();
10308
10309 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10310 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10311
10312 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
10313 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10314 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10315 return 1;
10316 }
10317
10318
10319 \f
10320 /***********************************************************************
10321 More debugging support
10322 ***********************************************************************/
10323
10324 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10325
10326 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int));
10327 static void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
10328
10329
10330 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr. If
10331 WITH_GLYPHS_P is non-zero, dump glyph contents as well. */
10332
10333 void
10334 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, with_glyphs_p)
10335 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10336 int with_glyphs_p;
10337 {
10338 int i;
10339 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
10340 dump_glyph_row (matrix, i, with_glyphs_p);
10341 }
10342
10343
10344 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
10345 WITH_GLYPH_SP non-zero means dump glyph contents, too. */
10346
10347 void
10348 dump_glyph_row (matrix, vpos, with_glyphs_p)
10349 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10350 int vpos, with_glyphs_p;
10351 {
10352 struct glyph_row *row;
10353
10354 if (vpos < 0 || vpos >= matrix->nrows)
10355 return;
10356
10357 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos);
10358
10359 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZF X Y W\n");
10360 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
10361
10362 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d\n",
10363 row - matrix->rows,
10364 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
10365 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
10366 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
10367 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
10368 row->enabled_p,
10369 row->inverse_p,
10370 row->truncated_on_left_p,
10371 row->truncated_on_right_p,
10372 row->overlay_arrow_p,
10373 row->continued_p,
10374 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
10375 row->displays_text_p,
10376 row->ends_at_zv_p,
10377 row->fill_line_p,
10378 row->x,
10379 row->y,
10380 row->pixel_width);
10381 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
10382 row->end.overlay_string_index);
10383 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
10384 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
10385 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
10386 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
10387 row->end.dpvec_index);
10388
10389 if (with_glyphs_p)
10390 {
10391 struct glyph *glyph, *glyph_end;
10392 int prev_had_glyphs_p;
10393
10394 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10395 glyph_end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10396
10397 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
10398 if (glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
10399 ++glyph_end;
10400
10401 if (glyph < glyph_end)
10402 {
10403 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos W Code C Face LR\n");
10404 prev_had_glyphs_p = 1;
10405 }
10406 else
10407 prev_had_glyphs_p = 0;
10408
10409 while (glyph < glyph_end)
10410 {
10411 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
10412 {
10413 fprintf (stderr,
10414 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10415 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
10416 'C',
10417 glyph->charpos,
10418 glyph->pixel_width,
10419 glyph->u.ch.code,
10420 (glyph->u.ch.code < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch.code >= ' '
10421 ? glyph->u.ch.code
10422 : '.'),
10423 glyph->u.ch.face_id,
10424 glyph->left_box_line_p,
10425 glyph->right_box_line_p);
10426 }
10427 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
10428 {
10429 fprintf (stderr,
10430 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10431 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
10432 'S',
10433 glyph->charpos,
10434 glyph->pixel_width,
10435 0,
10436 '.',
10437 glyph->u.stretch.face_id,
10438 glyph->left_box_line_p,
10439 glyph->right_box_line_p);
10440 }
10441 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
10442 {
10443 fprintf (stderr,
10444 " %5d %4c %6d %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
10445 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
10446 'I',
10447 glyph->charpos,
10448 glyph->pixel_width,
10449 glyph->u.img.id,
10450 '.',
10451 glyph->u.img.face_id,
10452 glyph->left_box_line_p,
10453 glyph->right_box_line_p);
10454 }
10455 ++glyph;
10456 }
10457 }
10458 }
10459
10460
10461 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
10462 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
10463 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
10464 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil optional\n\
10465 parameter WITH-GLYPHS-P, dump glyphs as well.")
10466 (with_glyphs_p)
10467 {
10468 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
10469 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
10470
10471 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
10472 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
10473 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
10474 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
10475 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
10476 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix, !NILP (with_glyphs_p));
10477 return Qnil;
10478 }
10479
10480
10481 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 1, "",
10482 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.")
10483 (row)
10484 Lisp_Object row;
10485 {
10486 CHECK_NUMBER (row, 0);
10487 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix, XINT (row), 1);
10488 return Qnil;
10489 }
10490
10491
10492 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row,
10493 0, 0, "", "")
10494 ()
10495 {
10496 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
10497 struct glyph_matrix *m = (XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)
10498 ->current_matrix);
10499 dump_glyph_row (m, 0, 1);
10500 return Qnil;
10501 }
10502
10503
10504 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle,
10505 Strace_redisplay_toggle, 0, 0, "",
10506 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
10507 ()
10508 {
10509 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
10510 return Qnil;
10511 }
10512
10513
10514 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
10515
10516
10517 \f
10518 /***********************************************************************
10519 Building Desired Matrix Rows
10520 ***********************************************************************/
10521
10522 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
10523 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
10524
10525 static struct glyph_row *
10526 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
10527 struct window *w;
10528 {
10529 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
10530 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
10531 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
10532 unsigned char *arrow_string = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->data;
10533 int arrow_len = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->size;
10534 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
10535 unsigned char *p;
10536 struct it it;
10537 int multibyte_p;
10538 int n_glyphs_before;
10539
10540 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
10541 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
10542 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
10543 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
10544
10545 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
10546 p = arrow_string;
10547 while (p < arrow_end)
10548 {
10549 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
10550
10551 /* Get the next character. */
10552 if (multibyte_p)
10553 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
10554 else
10555 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
10556 p += it.len;
10557
10558 /* Get its face. */
10559 XSETFASTINT (ilisp, p - arrow_string);
10560 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
10561 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
10562
10563 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
10564 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10565 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
10566 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
10567
10568 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
10569 to remove some glyphs. */
10570 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
10571 {
10572 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
10573 break;
10574 }
10575 }
10576
10577 set_buffer_temp (old);
10578 return it.glyph_row;
10579 }
10580
10581
10582 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
10583 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
10584 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
10585 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
10586 produce_special_glyphs. */
10587
10588 static void
10589 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
10590 struct it *it;
10591 {
10592 struct it truncate_it;
10593 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
10594
10595 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
10596
10597 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
10598 truncate_it = *it;
10599 truncate_it.charset = -1;
10600 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
10601 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
10602 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
10603 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
10604 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
10605 truncate_it.object = 0;
10606 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
10607
10608 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
10609 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10610 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10611 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10612 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10613
10614 while (from < end)
10615 *to++ = *from++;
10616
10617 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Remove them. */
10618 from = to;
10619 while (from < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*from))
10620 ++from;
10621 while (from < toend)
10622 *to++ = *from++;
10623
10624 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10625 }
10626
10627
10628 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
10629
10630 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
10631 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
10632 structure. This is not the case if
10633
10634 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
10635 and max_height will be zero.
10636
10637 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
10638 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
10639 pixmap extensions).
10640
10641 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
10642 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
10643 must not be zero. */
10644
10645 static void
10646 compute_line_metrics (it)
10647 struct it *it;
10648 {
10649 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
10650 int area, i;
10651
10652 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
10653 {
10654 int i, header_line_height;
10655
10656 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
10657 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
10658 computed yet. */
10659 if (row->height == 0)
10660 {
10661 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
10662 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
10663 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
10664 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
10665 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
10666 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
10667 }
10668
10669 /* Compute the width of this line. */
10670 row->pixel_width = row->x;
10671 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
10672 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
10673
10674 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
10675 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
10676
10677 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
10678 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
10679
10680 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
10681 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
10682 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
10683 if (row == it->w->desired_matrix->rows
10684 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
10685 {
10686 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
10687 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
10688 }
10689
10690 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
10691 row->visible_height = row->height;
10692
10693 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
10694 if (row->y < header_line_height)
10695 row->visible_height -= header_line_height - row->y;
10696 else
10697 {
10698 int max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
10699 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10700 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
10701 }
10702 }
10703 else
10704 {
10705 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10706 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
10707 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
10708 }
10709
10710 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
10711 row->hash = 0;
10712 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
10713 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
10714 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
10715 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
10716 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
10717
10718 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
10719 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
10720 }
10721
10722
10723 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
10724 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
10725 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
10726 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
10727
10728 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
10729 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
10730 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
10731 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
10732
10733 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
10734 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
10735
10736 static int
10737 append_space (it, default_face_p)
10738 struct it *it;
10739 int default_face_p;
10740 {
10741 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
10742 {
10743 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10744
10745 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
10746 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
10747 {
10748 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
10749 int saved_x = it->current_x;
10750 struct text_pos saved_pos;
10751 int saved_what = it->what;
10752 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
10753 int saved_charset = it->charset;
10754 Lisp_Object saved_object;
10755
10756 saved_object = it->object;
10757 saved_pos = it->position;
10758
10759 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
10760 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
10761 it->object = 0;
10762 it->c = ' ';
10763 it->len = 1;
10764 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
10765
10766 if (default_face_p)
10767 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
10768 if (it->multibyte_p)
10769 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, it->face_id, CHARSET_ASCII);
10770 else
10771 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (it->f, it->face_id, -1);
10772
10773 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
10774
10775 it->current_x = saved_x;
10776 it->object = saved_object;
10777 it->position = saved_pos;
10778 it->what = saved_what;
10779 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
10780 it->charset = saved_charset;
10781 return 1;
10782 }
10783 }
10784
10785 return 0;
10786 }
10787
10788
10789 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
10790 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
10791 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
10792 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
10793
10794 static void
10795 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
10796 struct it *it;
10797 {
10798 struct face *face;
10799 struct frame *f = it->f;
10800
10801 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
10802 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
10803 return;
10804
10805 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
10806 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
10807 of the frame, we haven't to do anything. */
10808 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
10809 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10810 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
10811 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
10812 && !face->stipple)
10813 return;
10814
10815 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
10816 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
10817 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
10818
10819 /* If current charset of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
10820 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
10821 get_next_display_element returns a character from a different
10822 charset. Note that the charset will always be ASCII in unibyte
10823 text. */
10824 if (it->charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
10825 {
10826 it->charset = CHARSET_ASCII;
10827 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHARSET (f, it->face_id, CHARSET_ASCII);
10828 }
10829
10830 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
10831 {
10832 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
10833 so that we know which face to draw. */
10834 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
10835 {
10836 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
10837 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].u.ch.face_id = it->face_id;
10838 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
10839 }
10840 }
10841 else
10842 {
10843 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
10844 int saved_x = it->current_x;
10845 struct text_pos saved_pos;
10846 Lisp_Object saved_object;
10847 int saved_what = it->what;
10848
10849 saved_object = it->object;
10850 saved_pos = it->position;
10851
10852 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
10853 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
10854 it->object = 0;
10855 it->c = ' ';
10856 it->len = 1;
10857
10858 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
10859
10860 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
10861 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
10862
10863 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
10864 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
10865 it->current_x = saved_x;
10866 it->object = saved_object;
10867 it->position = saved_pos;
10868 it->what = saved_what;
10869 }
10870 }
10871
10872
10873 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
10874 trailing whitespace. */
10875
10876 static int
10877 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
10878 int charpos;
10879 {
10880 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
10881 int c = 0;
10882
10883 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
10884 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
10885 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
10886 ++bytepos;
10887
10888 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
10889 {
10890 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
10891 return 1;
10892 }
10893 return 0;
10894 }
10895
10896
10897 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
10898
10899 void
10900 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
10901 struct frame *f;
10902 struct glyph_row *row;
10903 {
10904 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
10905
10906 if (used)
10907 {
10908 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
10909 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
10910
10911 /* Skip over the space glyph inserted to display the
10912 cursor at the end of a line. */
10913 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
10914 && glyph->u.ch.code == ' '
10915 && glyph->object == 0)
10916 --glyph;
10917
10918 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
10919 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
10920 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
10921 if (glyph >= start
10922 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
10923 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
10924 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
10925 && glyph->u.ch.code == ' '))
10926 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
10927 {
10928 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace,
10929 CHARSET_ASCII);
10930
10931 while (glyph >= start
10932 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
10933 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
10934 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
10935 && glyph->u.ch.code == ' ')))
10936 {
10937 if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
10938 glyph->u.stretch.face_id = face_id;
10939 else
10940 glyph->u.ch.face_id = face_id;
10941 --glyph;
10942 }
10943 }
10944 }
10945 }
10946
10947
10948 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
10949 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
10950 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
10951 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
10952 only. */
10953
10954 static int
10955 display_line (it)
10956 struct it *it;
10957 {
10958 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
10959
10960 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
10961 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
10962
10963 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
10964 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
10965 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
10966
10967 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
10968 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
10969
10970 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
10971 prepare_desired_row (row);
10972
10973 row->y = it->current_y;
10974 row->start = it->current;
10975 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
10976 row->displays_text_p = 1;
10977
10978 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
10979 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
10980 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
10981 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
10982 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
10983 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
10984
10985 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
10986 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
10987 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
10988 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
10989 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
10990 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
10991
10992 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
10993 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
10994 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
10995 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
10996 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
10997 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
10998
10999 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
11000 character to display. */
11001 while (1)
11002 {
11003 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
11004 int x, i, nglyphs;
11005
11006 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
11007 buffer reached. */
11008 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
11009 {
11010 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
11011 display the cursor there under X. */
11012 if (append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
11013 {
11014 /* The position -1 below indicates a blank line not
11015 corresponding to any text, as opposed to an empty line
11016 corresponding to a line end. */
11017 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
11018 row->displays_text_p = 0;
11019
11020 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines))
11021 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
11022 }
11023
11024 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
11025 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
11026 break;
11027 }
11028
11029 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
11030 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
11031 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11032 x = it->current_x;
11033 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11034
11035 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
11036 the next one. */
11037 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
11038 {
11039 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
11040 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
11041 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
11042 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
11043 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
11044 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11045 continue;
11046 }
11047
11048 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
11049 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
11050 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
11051 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
11052 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
11053 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
11054 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
11055 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
11056 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
11057 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
11058 hpos_before = it->hpos;
11059 x_before = x;
11060
11061 if (nglyphs == 1
11062 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
11063 {
11064 ++it->hpos;
11065 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
11066 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
11067 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
11068 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
11069 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
11070 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
11071 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
11072 }
11073 else
11074 {
11075 int new_x;
11076 struct glyph *glyph;
11077
11078 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
11079 {
11080 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
11081 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
11082
11083 if (/* Lines are continued. */
11084 !it->truncate_lines_p
11085 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
11086 new_x > it->last_visible_x
11087 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
11088 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
11089 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
11090 {
11091 /* End of a continued line. */
11092
11093 if (it->hpos == 0
11094 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
11095 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
11096 {
11097 /* Current glyph fits exactly on the line. We
11098 must continue the line because we can't draw
11099 the cursor after the glyph. */
11100 row->continued_p = 1;
11101 it->current_x = new_x;
11102 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
11103 ++it->hpos;
11104 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
11105 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11106 }
11107 else
11108 {
11109 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
11110 the window. Restore positions to values
11111 before the element. The next line starts
11112 with current_x before the glyph that could
11113 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
11114 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
11115
11116 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
11117 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11118 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
11119 row->continued_p = 1;
11120
11121 it->current_x = x;
11122 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
11123 }
11124 break;
11125 }
11126 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
11127 {
11128 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
11129 ++it->hpos;
11130
11131 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
11132 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
11133 negative X position. */
11134 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
11135 }
11136 else
11137 {
11138 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
11139 window. This should not happen because of the
11140 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
11141 this function. */
11142 abort ();
11143 }
11144 }
11145
11146 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
11147 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
11148 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
11149 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
11150 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
11151
11152 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
11153 if (row->continued_p)
11154 break;
11155 }
11156
11157 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
11158 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
11159 margin of the window. */
11160 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
11161 {
11162 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11163
11164 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
11165 display the cursor there. */
11166 append_space (it, 0);
11167
11168 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
11169 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
11170
11171 /* Make sure we have the position. */
11172 if (used_before == 0)
11173 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
11174
11175 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
11176 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11177 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
11178 break;
11179 }
11180
11181 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
11182 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
11183 set_iterator_to_next (it);
11184
11185 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
11186 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
11187 if (it->truncate_lines_p
11188 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
11189 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
11190 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
11191 {
11192 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
11193 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11194 {
11195 --it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11196 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
11197 }
11198
11199 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
11200 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
11201 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
11202 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
11203 it->hpos = hpos_before;
11204 it->current_x = x_before;
11205 break;
11206 }
11207 }
11208
11209 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
11210 at the left window margin. */
11211 if (it->first_visible_x
11212 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
11213 {
11214 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11215 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
11216 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
11217 }
11218
11219 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
11220 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
11221 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
11222 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
11223 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
11224 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
11225 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
11226 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
11227 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
11228 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
11229 {
11230 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
11231 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11232 {
11233 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
11234 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11235 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11236 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11237 struct glyph *p2, *end;
11238
11239 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
11240 while (glyph < arrow_end)
11241 *p++ = *glyph++;
11242
11243 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
11244 p2 = p;
11245 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11246 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
11247 ++p2;
11248 if (p2 > p)
11249 {
11250 while (p2 < end)
11251 *p++ = *p2++;
11252 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11253 }
11254 }
11255
11256 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
11257 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
11258 }
11259
11260 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
11261 compute_line_metrics (it);
11262
11263 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
11264 row->end = it->current;
11265
11266 /* Maybe set the cursor. If you change this, it's probably a good
11267 idea to also change the code in redisplay_window for cursor
11268 movement in an unchanged window. */
11269 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
11270 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
11271 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) >= PT
11272 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
11273 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
11274 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
11275 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
11276
11277 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
11278 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
11279 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
11280
11281 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
11282 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
11283 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
11284 row to be used. */
11285 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
11286 it->current_y += row->height;
11287 ++it->vpos;
11288 ++it->glyph_row;
11289 return row->displays_text_p;
11290 }
11291
11292
11293 \f
11294 /***********************************************************************
11295 Menu Bar
11296 ***********************************************************************/
11297
11298 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
11299
11300 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
11301 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
11302
11303 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
11304 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
11305 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
11306 for the menu bar. */
11307
11308 static void
11309 display_menu_bar (w)
11310 struct window *w;
11311 {
11312 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11313 struct it it;
11314 Lisp_Object items;
11315 int i;
11316
11317 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
11318 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
11319 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
11320 return;
11321 #endif
11322 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11323 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
11324 return;
11325 #endif
11326
11327 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11328 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
11329 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
11330 it.first_visible_x = 0;
11331 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
11332 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11333 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11334 {
11335 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
11336 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
11337 struct window *menu_w;
11338 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
11339 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
11340 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
11341 MENU_FACE_ID);
11342 it.first_visible_x = 0;
11343 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
11344 }
11345 else
11346 {
11347 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
11348 pixel x/y. */
11349 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
11350 MENU_FACE_ID);
11351 it.first_visible_x = 0;
11352 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
11353 }
11354 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11355
11356 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
11357 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
11358 {
11359 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
11360 clear_glyph_row (row);
11361 row->enabled_p = 1;
11362 row->full_width_p = 1;
11363 }
11364
11365 /* Make the first line of the menu bar appear in reverse video. */
11366 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = mode_line_inverse_video != 0;
11367
11368 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
11369 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
11370 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
11371 {
11372 Lisp_Object string;
11373
11374 /* Stop at nil string. */
11375 string = XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 1];
11376 if (NILP (string))
11377 break;
11378
11379 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
11380 XSETFASTINT (XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 3], it.hpos);
11381
11382 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
11383 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
11384 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
11385 XSTRING (string)->size + 1, 0, 0, -1);
11386 }
11387
11388 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
11389 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
11390 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
11391
11392 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
11393 compute_line_metrics (&it);
11394 }
11395
11396
11397 \f
11398 /***********************************************************************
11399 Mode Line
11400 ***********************************************************************/
11401
11402 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. */
11403
11404 static void
11405 display_mode_lines (w)
11406 struct window *w;
11407 {
11408 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
11409 line_number_displayed = 0;
11410 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
11411
11412 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
11413 display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
11414 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
11415
11416 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
11417 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
11418 current_buffer->header_line_format);
11419 }
11420
11421
11422 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
11423 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
11424 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. */
11425
11426 static void
11427 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
11428 struct window *w;
11429 enum face_id face_id;
11430 Lisp_Object format;
11431 {
11432 struct it it;
11433 struct face *face;
11434
11435 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
11436 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
11437
11438 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
11439 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
11440 values. */
11441 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
11442 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format);
11443 pop_frame_kboard ();
11444
11445 /* Fill up with spaces. */
11446 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
11447
11448 compute_line_metrics (&it);
11449 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
11450 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
11451 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = mode_line_inverse_video != 0;
11452 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
11453 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
11454 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
11455
11456 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
11457 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
11458 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
11459 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
11460 {
11461 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
11462 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
11463 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
11464 }
11465 }
11466
11467
11468 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
11469 translates into text depends on its data type.
11470
11471 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
11472
11473 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
11474 infinite recursion here.
11475
11476 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
11477 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
11478 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
11479 display_string for details. *
11480
11481 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
11482
11483 static int
11484 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt)
11485 struct it *it;
11486 int depth;
11487 int field_width, precision;
11488 Lisp_Object elt;
11489 {
11490 int n = 0, field, prec;
11491
11492 tail_recurse:
11493 if (depth > 10)
11494 goto invalid;
11495
11496 depth++;
11497
11498 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
11499 {
11500 case Lisp_String:
11501 {
11502 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
11503 unsigned char c;
11504 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt)->data;
11505 unsigned char *lisp_string = this;
11506
11507 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
11508 && *this
11509 && (frame_title_ptr
11510 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
11511 {
11512 unsigned char *last = this;
11513
11514 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
11515 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
11516 ;
11517
11518 if (this - 1 != last)
11519 {
11520 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
11521 is length of string. Don't output more than
11522 PRECISION allows us. */
11523 prec = --this - last;
11524 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
11525 prec = precision - n;
11526
11527 if (frame_title_ptr)
11528 n += store_frame_title (last, prec, prec);
11529 else
11530 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, last - lisp_string,
11531 it, 0, prec, 0, -1);
11532 }
11533 else /* c == '%' */
11534 {
11535 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
11536
11537 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
11538 don't pad. */
11539 field = 0;
11540 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
11541 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
11542
11543 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
11544 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
11545 field = field_width - n;
11546
11547 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
11548 prec = precision - n;
11549
11550 if (c == 'M')
11551 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
11552 Vglobal_mode_string);
11553 else if (c != 0)
11554 {
11555 unsigned char *spec
11556 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec);
11557
11558 if (frame_title_ptr)
11559 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
11560 else
11561 {
11562 int nglyphs_before
11563 = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11564 int charpos
11565 = percent_position - XSTRING (elt)->data;
11566 int nwritten
11567 = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt, charpos, 0, it,
11568 field, prec, 0, -1);
11569
11570 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
11571 string where the `%x' came from, position
11572 of the `%'. */
11573 if (nwritten > 0)
11574 {
11575 struct glyph *glyph
11576 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
11577 + nglyphs_before);
11578 int i;
11579
11580 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
11581 {
11582 glyph[i].object = elt;
11583 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
11584 }
11585
11586 n += nwritten;
11587 }
11588 }
11589 }
11590 }
11591 }
11592 }
11593 break;
11594
11595 case Lisp_Symbol:
11596 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
11597 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
11598 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
11599 literally. */
11600 {
11601 register Lisp_Object tem;
11602 tem = Fboundp (elt);
11603 if (!NILP (tem))
11604 {
11605 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
11606 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
11607 don't check for % within it. */
11608 if (STRINGP (tem))
11609 {
11610 prec = XSTRING (tem)->size;
11611 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
11612 prec = precision - n;
11613 if (frame_title_ptr)
11614 n += store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem)->data, -1, prec);
11615 else
11616 n += display_string (NULL, tem, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
11617 0, prec, 0, -1);
11618 }
11619 else if (!EQ (tem, elt))
11620 {
11621 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
11622 elt = tem;
11623 goto tail_recurse;
11624 }
11625 }
11626 }
11627 break;
11628
11629 case Lisp_Cons:
11630 {
11631 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
11632
11633 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
11634 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
11635 and effectively concatenate them.
11636 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
11637 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
11638 to at least that many characters.
11639 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
11640 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
11641 car = XCAR (elt);
11642 if (EQ (car, QCeval) && CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
11643 {
11644 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
11645 and use the result as mode line elements. */
11646 struct gcpro gcpro1;
11647 Lisp_Object spec;
11648
11649 spec = eval_form (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
11650 GCPRO1 (spec);
11651 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
11652 precision - n, spec);
11653 UNGCPRO;
11654 }
11655 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
11656 {
11657 tem = Fboundp (car);
11658 elt = XCDR (elt);
11659 if (!CONSP (elt))
11660 goto invalid;
11661 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
11662 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
11663 if (!NILP (tem))
11664 {
11665 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
11666 if (!NILP (tem))
11667 {
11668 elt = XCAR (elt);
11669 goto tail_recurse;
11670 }
11671 }
11672 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
11673 Get the cddr of the original list
11674 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
11675 elt = XCDR (elt);
11676 if (NILP (elt))
11677 break;
11678 else if (!CONSP (elt))
11679 goto invalid;
11680 elt = XCAR (elt);
11681 goto tail_recurse;
11682 }
11683 else if (INTEGERP (car))
11684 {
11685 register int lim = XINT (car);
11686 elt = XCDR (elt);
11687 if (lim < 0)
11688 {
11689 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
11690 if (precision <= 0)
11691 precision = -lim;
11692 else
11693 precision = min (precision, -lim);
11694 }
11695 else if (lim > 0)
11696 {
11697 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
11698 current maximum. */
11699 if (precision > 0)
11700 lim = min (precision, lim);
11701
11702 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
11703 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
11704 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
11705 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
11706 }
11707 goto tail_recurse;
11708 }
11709 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
11710 {
11711 register int limit = 50;
11712 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
11713 while (CONSP (elt)
11714 && --limit > 0
11715 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
11716 {
11717 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
11718 precision - n, XCAR (elt));
11719 elt = XCDR (elt);
11720 }
11721 }
11722 }
11723 break;
11724
11725 default:
11726 invalid:
11727 if (frame_title_ptr)
11728 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
11729 else
11730 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
11731 precision - n, 0, 0);
11732 return n;
11733 }
11734
11735 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
11736 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
11737 {
11738 if (frame_title_ptr)
11739 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
11740 else
11741 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
11742 0, 0, 0);
11743 }
11744
11745 return n;
11746 }
11747
11748
11749 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
11750 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
11751
11752 static void
11753 pint2str (buf, width, d)
11754 register char *buf;
11755 register int width;
11756 register int d;
11757 {
11758 register char *p = buf;
11759
11760 if (d <= 0)
11761 *p++ = '0';
11762 else
11763 {
11764 while (d > 0)
11765 {
11766 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
11767 d /= 10;
11768 }
11769 }
11770
11771 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
11772 *p++ = ' ';
11773 *p-- = '\0';
11774 while (p > buf)
11775 {
11776 d = *buf;
11777 *buf++ = *p;
11778 *p-- = d;
11779 }
11780 }
11781
11782 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
11783 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
11784 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
11785
11786 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
11787
11788 static char *
11789 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
11790 Lisp_Object coding_system;
11791 register char *buf;
11792 int eol_flag;
11793 {
11794 Lisp_Object val;
11795 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
11796 unsigned char *eol_str;
11797 int eol_str_len;
11798 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
11799 Lisp_Object eoltype;
11800
11801 val = coding_system;
11802
11803 if (NILP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
11804 {
11805 if (multibyte)
11806 *buf++ = '-';
11807 if (eol_flag)
11808 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
11809 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
11810 }
11811 else
11812 {
11813 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
11814
11815 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
11816
11817 while (!NILP (val) && SYMBOLP (val))
11818 {
11819 val = Fget (val, Qcoding_system);
11820 if (NILP (eolvalue))
11821 eolvalue = Fget (val, Qeol_type);
11822 }
11823
11824 if (multibyte)
11825 *buf++ = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (val)->contents[1]);
11826
11827 if (eol_flag)
11828 {
11829 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
11830
11831 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
11832 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
11833 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
11834 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
11835 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
11836 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
11837 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
11838 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
11839 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
11840 }
11841 }
11842
11843 if (eol_flag)
11844 {
11845 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
11846 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
11847 {
11848 eol_str = XSTRING (eoltype)->data;
11849 eol_str_len = XSTRING (eoltype)->size;
11850 }
11851 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
11852 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
11853 {
11854 unsigned char work[4];
11855
11856 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), work, eol_str);
11857 }
11858 else
11859 {
11860 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
11861 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
11862 }
11863 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
11864 buf += eol_str_len;
11865 }
11866
11867 return buf;
11868 }
11869
11870 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
11871 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
11872 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
11873 string returned with spaces to that value. */
11874
11875 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
11876
11877 static char *
11878 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision)
11879 struct window *w;
11880 register int c;
11881 int field_width, precision;
11882 {
11883 Lisp_Object obj;
11884 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11885 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
11886 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11887
11888 obj = Qnil;
11889
11890 switch (c)
11891 {
11892 case '*':
11893 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
11894 return "%";
11895 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
11896 return "*";
11897 return "-";
11898
11899 case '+':
11900 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
11901 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
11902 return "*";
11903 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
11904 return "%";
11905 return "-";
11906
11907 case '&':
11908 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
11909 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
11910 return "*";
11911 return "-";
11912
11913 case '%':
11914 return "%";
11915
11916 case '[':
11917 {
11918 int i;
11919 char *p;
11920
11921 if (command_loop_level > 5)
11922 return "[[[... ";
11923 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
11924 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
11925 *p++ = '[';
11926 *p = 0;
11927 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11928 }
11929
11930 case ']':
11931 {
11932 int i;
11933 char *p;
11934
11935 if (command_loop_level > 5)
11936 return " ...]]]";
11937 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
11938 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
11939 *p++ = ']';
11940 *p = 0;
11941 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11942 }
11943
11944 case '-':
11945 {
11946 register int i;
11947
11948 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
11949 if (field_width <= 0
11950 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
11951 {
11952 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
11953 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
11954 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
11955 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11956 }
11957 else
11958 return lots_of_dashes;
11959 }
11960
11961 case 'b':
11962 obj = b->name;
11963 break;
11964
11965 case 'c':
11966 {
11967 int col = current_column ();
11968 XSETFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed, col);
11969 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
11970 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
11971 }
11972
11973 case 'F':
11974 /* %F displays the frame name. */
11975 if (!NILP (f->title))
11976 return (char *) XSTRING (f->title)->data;
11977 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11978 return (char *) XSTRING (f->name)->data;
11979 return "Emacs";
11980
11981 case 'f':
11982 obj = b->filename;
11983 break;
11984
11985 case 'l':
11986 {
11987 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
11988 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
11989 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
11990 int nlines, junk;
11991 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
11992
11993 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
11994 don't forget that too fast. */
11995 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
11996 goto no_value;
11997 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
11998 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
11999 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
12000
12001 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
12002 if (BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > line_number_display_limit)
12003 {
12004 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
12005 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
12006 goto no_value;
12007 }
12008
12009 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
12010 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
12011 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
12012 {
12013 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
12014 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
12015 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
12016 }
12017 else
12018 {
12019 line = 1;
12020 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
12021 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
12022 }
12023
12024 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
12025 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
12026 startpos_byte,
12027 startpos, &junk);
12028
12029 topline = nlines + line;
12030
12031 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
12032 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
12033 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
12034 go back past it. */
12035 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
12036 {
12037 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline);
12038 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BUF_BEGV (b));
12039 }
12040 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
12041 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
12042 {
12043 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
12044 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
12045 int position;
12046 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
12047
12048 if (startpos - distance > limit)
12049 {
12050 limit = startpos - distance;
12051 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
12052 }
12053
12054 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
12055 limit_byte,
12056 - (height * 2 + 30),
12057 &position);
12058 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
12059 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
12060 give up on line numbers for this window. */
12061 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
12062 {
12063 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
12064 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
12065 goto no_value;
12066 }
12067
12068 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline - nlines);
12069 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
12070 }
12071
12072 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
12073 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
12074 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
12075
12076 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
12077 line_number_displayed = 1;
12078
12079 /* Make the string to show. */
12080 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
12081 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12082 no_value:
12083 {
12084 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
12085 int pad = field_width - 2;
12086 while (pad-- > 0)
12087 *p++ = ' ';
12088 *p++ = '?';
12089 *p = '?';
12090 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12091 }
12092 }
12093 break;
12094
12095 case 'm':
12096 obj = b->mode_name;
12097 break;
12098
12099 case 'n':
12100 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
12101 return " Narrow";
12102 break;
12103
12104 case 'p':
12105 {
12106 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
12107 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
12108
12109 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
12110 {
12111 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12112 return "All";
12113 else
12114 return "Bottom";
12115 }
12116 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12117 return "Top";
12118 else
12119 {
12120 if (total > 1000000)
12121 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
12122 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
12123 else
12124 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
12125 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
12126 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
12127 if (total == 100)
12128 total = 99;
12129 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
12130 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12131 }
12132 }
12133
12134 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
12135 case 'P':
12136 {
12137 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
12138 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
12139 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
12140
12141 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
12142 {
12143 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12144 return "All";
12145 else
12146 return "Bottom";
12147 }
12148 else
12149 {
12150 if (total > 1000000)
12151 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
12152 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
12153 else
12154 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
12155 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
12156 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
12157 if (total == 100)
12158 total = 99;
12159 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
12160 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
12161 else
12162 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
12163 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12164 }
12165 }
12166
12167 case 's':
12168 /* status of process */
12169 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
12170 if (NILP (obj))
12171 return "no process";
12172 #ifdef subprocesses
12173 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
12174 #endif
12175 break;
12176
12177 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
12178 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
12179 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
12180 #else
12181 return "T";
12182 #endif
12183
12184 case 'z':
12185 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
12186 case 'Z':
12187 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
12188 {
12189 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
12190 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
12191
12192 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12193 {
12194 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
12195 to do EOL conversion. */
12196 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
12197 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
12198 }
12199 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
12200 p, eol_flag);
12201
12202 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
12203 #ifdef subprocesses
12204 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
12205 if (PROCESSP (obj))
12206 {
12207 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
12208 p, eol_flag);
12209 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
12210 p, eol_flag);
12211 }
12212 #endif /* subprocesses */
12213 #endif /* 0 */
12214 *p = 0;
12215 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
12216 }
12217 }
12218
12219 if (STRINGP (obj))
12220 return (char *) XSTRING (obj)->data;
12221 else
12222 return "";
12223 }
12224
12225
12226 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
12227 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
12228 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
12229
12230 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
12231
12232 static int
12233 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
12234 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
12235 int *byte_pos_ptr;
12236 {
12237 register unsigned char *cursor;
12238 unsigned char *base;
12239
12240 register int ceiling;
12241 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
12242 int orig_count = count;
12243
12244 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
12245 check only for newlines. */
12246 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
12247 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
12248
12249 if (count > 0)
12250 {
12251 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
12252 {
12253 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
12254 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
12255 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
12256 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
12257 while (1)
12258 {
12259 if (selective_display)
12260 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
12261 ;
12262 else
12263 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
12264 ;
12265
12266 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
12267 {
12268 if (--count == 0)
12269 {
12270 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
12271 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
12272 return orig_count;
12273 }
12274 else
12275 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
12276 break;
12277 }
12278 else
12279 break;
12280 }
12281 start_byte += cursor - base;
12282 }
12283 }
12284 else
12285 {
12286 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
12287 {
12288 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
12289 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
12290 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
12291 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
12292 while (1)
12293 {
12294 if (selective_display)
12295 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
12296 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
12297 ;
12298 else
12299 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
12300 ;
12301
12302 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
12303 {
12304 if (++count == 0)
12305 {
12306 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
12307 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
12308 /* When scanning backwards, we should
12309 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
12310 return - orig_count - 1;
12311 }
12312 }
12313 else
12314 break;
12315 }
12316 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
12317 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
12318 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
12319 }
12320 }
12321
12322 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
12323
12324 if (count < 0)
12325 return - orig_count + count;
12326 return orig_count - count;
12327
12328 }
12329
12330
12331 \f
12332 /***********************************************************************
12333 Displaying strings
12334 ***********************************************************************/
12335
12336 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
12337
12338 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
12339 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
12340
12341 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
12342 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
12343 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
12344
12345 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
12346 standard display table, temporarily.
12347
12348 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
12349 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
12350 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
12351 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
12352
12353 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
12354 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
12355
12356 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
12357
12358 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
12359 ----------------------------------------
12360 -1 -1 %s
12361 -1 10 %.10s
12362 10 -1 %10s
12363 20 10 %20.10s
12364
12365 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
12366 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
12367 enable_multibyte_characters.
12368
12369 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
12370
12371 static int
12372 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
12373 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
12374 unsigned char *string;
12375 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
12376 Lisp_Object face_string;
12377 int face_string_pos;
12378 int start;
12379 struct it *it;
12380 int field_width, precision, max_x;
12381 int multibyte;
12382 {
12383 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
12384 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
12385 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12386
12387 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
12388 with index START. We assume that IT may be modified here (which
12389 means that display_line has to do something when displaying a
12390 mini-buffer prompt, which it does). */
12391 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
12392 precision, field_width, multibyte);
12393
12394 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
12395 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
12396 if (STRINGP (face_string))
12397 {
12398 int endptr;
12399 struct face *face;
12400
12401 it->face_id
12402 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
12403 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
12404 it->region_end_charpos,
12405 &endptr, it->base_face_id);
12406 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
12407 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
12408 }
12409
12410 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
12411 beyond the right edge of the window. */
12412 if (max_x <= 0)
12413 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
12414 else
12415 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
12416
12417 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
12418 hscrolled. */
12419 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
12420 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
12421 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
12422
12423 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12424 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12425 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12426 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12427
12428 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
12429 past last_visible_x. */
12430 while (it->current_x < max_x)
12431 {
12432 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
12433
12434 /* Get the next display element. */
12435 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
12436 break;
12437
12438 /* Produce glyphs. */
12439 x_before = it->current_x;
12440 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12441 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12442
12443 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
12444 i = 0;
12445 x = x_before;
12446 while (i < nglyphs)
12447 {
12448 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
12449
12450 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
12451 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
12452 {
12453 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
12454 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
12455 it->current_x = x;
12456 break;
12457 }
12458 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
12459 {
12460 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
12461 ++it->hpos;
12462 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
12463 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12464 }
12465 else
12466 {
12467 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
12468 Should not happen. */
12469 abort ();
12470 }
12471
12472 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12473 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12474 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12475 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12476 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12477 x += glyph->pixel_width;
12478 ++i;
12479 }
12480
12481 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
12482 if (i < nglyphs)
12483 break;
12484
12485 /* Stop at line ends. */
12486 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
12487 {
12488 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12489 break;
12490 }
12491
12492 set_iterator_to_next (it);
12493
12494 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
12495 if (it->truncate_lines_p
12496 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12497 {
12498 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
12499 truncated at a padding space. */
12500 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
12501 {
12502 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12503 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12504 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
12505 }
12506 break;
12507 }
12508 }
12509
12510 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
12511 if (it->first_visible_x
12512 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
12513 {
12514 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12515 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
12516 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
12517 }
12518
12519 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
12520
12521 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
12522 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
12523 }
12524
12525
12526 \f
12527 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
12528 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
12529 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
12530 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
12531 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
12532
12533 int
12534 invisible_p (propval, list)
12535 register Lisp_Object propval;
12536 Lisp_Object list;
12537 {
12538 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
12539 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12540 {
12541 register Lisp_Object tem;
12542 tem = XCAR (tail);
12543 if (EQ (propval, tem))
12544 return 1;
12545 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
12546 return 1;
12547 }
12548 if (CONSP (propval))
12549 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail);
12550 proptail = XCDR (proptail))
12551 {
12552 Lisp_Object propelt;
12553 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
12554 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12555 {
12556 register Lisp_Object tem;
12557 tem = XCAR (tail);
12558 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
12559 return 1;
12560 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
12561 return 1;
12562 }
12563 }
12564 return 0;
12565 }
12566
12567
12568 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
12569 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
12570 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
12571 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
12572 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
12573
12574 int
12575 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval, list)
12576 register Lisp_Object propval;
12577 Lisp_Object list;
12578 {
12579 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
12580
12581 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12582 {
12583 register Lisp_Object tem;
12584 tem = XCAR (tail);
12585 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
12586 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
12587 }
12588
12589 if (CONSP (propval))
12590 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
12591 {
12592 Lisp_Object propelt;
12593 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
12594 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
12595 {
12596 register Lisp_Object tem;
12597 tem = XCAR (tail);
12598 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
12599 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
12600 }
12601 }
12602
12603 return 0;
12604 }
12605
12606
12607 \f
12608 /***********************************************************************
12609 Initialization
12610 ***********************************************************************/
12611
12612 void
12613 syms_of_xdisp ()
12614 {
12615 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
12616 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
12617
12618 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
12619 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
12620
12621 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
12622 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
12623
12624 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
12625 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
12626 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
12627 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
12628 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle);
12629 #endif
12630
12631 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
12632 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
12633
12634 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
12635 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
12636
12637 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
12638 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
12639
12640 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
12641 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
12642
12643 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
12644 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
12645
12646 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
12647 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
12648
12649 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
12650 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
12651 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
12652 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
12653 Qheight = intern ("height");
12654 staticpro (&Qheight);
12655 Qraise = intern ("raise");
12656 staticpro (&Qraise);
12657 Qspace = intern ("space");
12658 staticpro (&Qspace);
12659 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
12660 staticpro (&Qmargin);
12661 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
12662 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
12663 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
12664 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
12665 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
12666 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
12667 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
12668 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
12669 Qwidth = intern ("width");
12670 staticpro (&Qwidth);
12671 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
12672 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
12673 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
12674 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
12675 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
12676 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
12677 QCeval = intern (":eval");
12678 staticpro (&QCeval);
12679 Qwhen = intern ("when");
12680 staticpro (&Qwhen);
12681 QCfile = intern (":file");
12682 staticpro (&QCfile);
12683 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
12684 staticpro (&Qfontified);
12685 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
12686 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
12687 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
12688 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
12689 Qimage = intern ("image");
12690 staticpro (&Qimage);
12691
12692 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
12693 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
12694 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
12695 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
12696
12697 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
12698 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
12699 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
12700
12701 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
12702 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
12703 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
12704
12705 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
12706 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
12707 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
12708 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
12709
12710 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
12711 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
12712 This is used for internal purposes.");
12713 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
12714
12715 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
12716 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
12717 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
12718
12719 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
12720 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
12721 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
12722 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
12723 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
12724
12725 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
12726 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
12727 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
12728
12729 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
12730 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
12731 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
12732 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.");
12733
12734 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
12735 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.");
12736 scroll_conservatively = 0;
12737
12738 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
12739 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
12740 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
12741 of the top or bottom of the window.");
12742 scroll_margin = 0;
12743
12744 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
12745 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, "Don't ask");
12746 #endif
12747
12748 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
12749 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
12750 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
12751 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
12752
12753 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
12754 "*Non-nil means use inverse video for the mode line.");
12755 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
12756
12757 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit", &line_number_display_limit,
12758 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
12759 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
12760 in the mode line.");
12761 line_number_display_limit = 1000000;
12762
12763 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width", &line_number_display_limit_width,
12764 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
12765 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
12766 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
12767 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
12768
12769 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
12770 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
12771 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
12772
12773 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
12774 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
12775 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
12776 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
12777 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
12778
12779 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
12780 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
12781 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
12782 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
12783 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
12784 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
12785 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
12786 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
12787 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
12788 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
12789 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
12790 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
12791 Vicon_title_format
12792 = Vframe_title_format
12793 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
12794 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
12795 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
12796 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
12797 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
12798 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
12799 Qnil)))),
12800 Qnil)));
12801
12802 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
12803 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
12804 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
12805 the buffer when it becomes large.");
12806 XSETFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max, 50);
12807
12808 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
12809 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
12810 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
12811 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
12812 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
12813 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
12814 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
12815
12816 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
12817 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
12818 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
12819 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
12820 is not valid when these functions are called.");
12821 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
12822
12823 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
12824 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
12825 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
12826 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
12827 otherwise.");
12828 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
12829
12830 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
12831 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
12832 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
12833
12834 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-margin", &tool_bar_button_margin,
12835 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.");
12836 tool_bar_button_margin = 1;
12837
12838 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
12839 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
12840 tool_bar_button_relief = 3;
12841
12842 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
12843 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
12844 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
12845 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
12846 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
12847 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
12848 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
12849 Fmake_local_variable (Qfontification_functions);
12850
12851 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
12852 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
12853 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
12854 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
12855 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
12856 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
12857 displayed according to the current fontset.");
12858 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
12859
12860 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
12861 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
12862 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
12863 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.\n\
12864 If nil, don't resize.");
12865 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
12866 }
12867
12868
12869 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
12870
12871 void
12872 init_xdisp ()
12873 {
12874 Lisp_Object root_window;
12875 struct window *mini_w;
12876
12877 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
12878
12879 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
12880 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
12881
12882 if (!noninteractive)
12883 {
12884 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
12885 int i;
12886
12887 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->top, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
12888 set_window_height (root_window,
12889 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
12890 0);
12891 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->top, FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
12892 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
12893
12894 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
12895 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
12896
12897 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
12898 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
12899 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
12900
12901 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
12902 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
12903 XSETFASTINT (default_invis_vector[i], '.');
12904 }
12905
12906 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
12907 {
12908 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
12909 int size = 100;
12910 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
12911 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
12912 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
12913 }
12914 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
12915 }
12916
12917